See HARVARD UNIVERSITY PET Asie LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology oth a) - : . | Mes wie Ay ieee GIN s Uy wre an i ine Yh) gn me a4 7 ae - oe i : r ‘) in oe 7 oe Flat 7 Ve py i. AO OL a fare : HER eco) Loy) i), On fina, aa go cree hae : \ (2 > 0) re ah * mm ni a ~ 4 raat in a i ot ye he: y >, i. | Oe ap pa ae id * P i , - iD nl a ‘ : + ye Ay ei , - } i ‘Oe rs A M 7 uae oe an on me eee i Lane 5 Pie, Leena) ee ie) Loin A ae ali ; . . ie j A : he 7 7 uv on a en?) fs ing if 7 Y. " i Fi : i ay | or) civ ie, in uh ye ek a Al Mian | Aa _ Hie ie) u iy iT hy re Ri ; Dan A 1g 5 ; ae, 7 an yi Ti) we ae 7 : f mt aoa, Ube OU o 7 - Fin ee = VU) oh y Ve : ; a ea re © at if a 7 all fi iliaed i aa re oa 7 oy a ey i 7 ih ve ae = ae ; bee fy jl oD j " ‘eae | 7 7 a aan “itn ed ae nt i) cn eae i) {) ne wi rath GatRe yh | 2 wok i Sala) ; 1 ait Ae ey sea by) Ht NATURAL HISTORY TRANSACTIONS OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM, BEING PAPERS READ AT THE MEETINGS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY or NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE, AND THE “TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB, 1865-67. VO. i LONDON : WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN ; AND 20, SOUTH FREDERICK STREET, EDINBURGH. NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE: F. & W. DODSWORTH. SW] 867. Tue Committees of the two Societies beg to state that the Authors alone are responsible for the facts and opinions entertained in their respective papers. Tue Natural History Transactions of Northumberland and Durham, of which this forms the first part, are to be looked upon as a continuation of the “Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club” under a different title, being in fact the Proceedings of the “ Natural History Society of North- umberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne” incorporated with those of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. i tai aa ay Hy 7 Td aS NATURAL HISTORY TRANSACTIONS OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. I.—Reports of Deep Sea Dredging on the Coasts of Northumberland and Durham, 1862-4. Edited by Guorcr S. Brapy. (Plates I-VI, X.) Tr is, doubtless, well known to most of our members that, during three successive years, grants of money have been made by the British Association, for the purpose of prosecuting deep sea dredg- ing on the Dogger Bank and the coasts of Northumberland and Durham. The amount granted was £25 each year, but in 1863 _ only a portion of the grant (about £17) was expended, while in other years the original amount was considerably increased by grants from the Natural History Society and the Field Club, as well as by private contributions, so that an aggregate of nearly £120 has been expended on the three years’ operations. The proper appropriation of money thus granted involves, of course, a considerable amount of hard work, and brings with it not a little responsibility and anxiety to those who are entrusted with it. The elements are capricious, particularly upon this exposed north-eastern coast. We are often kept waiting week after week on the look-out for a smooth sea and favourable winds, and when at last we fancy that we have surely got into a seam of fine settled weather, we venture out some balmy morning on the glassy B 2 DREDGING REPORTS. sea, but before noon a gale comes on, and there is nothing for it but to haul up the dredges, toss about for a while in the hope of a lull, or, in mute despair, to run at once for land. Considering these things, and remembering also, that haying been favoured with three grants, we have had perhaps as much as it would be decent, for the present, to ask, no application for further pecu- niary aid was made to the last meeting of the Association. It. has therefore been thought desirable to give in this concluding report a complete reswmé of the results of the three years’ dredg- ing. In the first place, however, we shall recount briefly the work which has been done during the present year. Tn the course of the summer eight days were spent in dredging, two of these on the Durham coast, and six off the northern shores of Northumberland. The two days devoted to the Durham coast were most unfortunate ones: on each occasion the earlier part of the day appeared favourable, but before mid-day the wind had freshened to a gale and quite put a stop to all work, once at least resulting in the complete rout and ‘‘demoralization’’ of the dredging party. ‘‘ We had had enough of action, and of motion we, Roll’d to starboard, roll’d to larboard, when the surge was seething free, Where the wallowing monster spouted his foam-fountains in the sea. * * * * Surely, surely, slumber is more sweet than toil, the shore Than labour in the deep mid-ocedn, wind and wave and oar; Oh rest ye, brother mariners, we will not wander more.” So we thought until we again set foot on terra firma; but there is a fascination in the dredge, and by the time the outward man was washed, and the inward man replenished, we thought that we'd be at it again the next fine day. The six days spent off the Northumberland coast were attended with better results. The weather was, on the whole, favourable, and many interesting captures were made. The experience of the previous year induced us to re-engage the steam tug ‘‘ Hea- therbell,””’ which we had found to be a good, sea-worthy craft, well adapted for our purposes. And, more important still, we knew her crew to be a steady and obliging set of men, who DREDGING REPORTS. 3 had gamed from previous experience a readiness and interest in their work. So, on board the ‘‘Heatherbell,”’ we started from Sunderland about six a.m. on the 2ist of July. Our work was commenced off Marsden, where we put down the dredges in about 40 fathoms, at a distance of fiye or six miles from shore. We met with pretty good sport here, bringing up several inter- esting crustacea and zoophytes. Amongst the former were two specimens of Hippolyte securtfrons, a fine species first described by Mr. Norman from specimens taken on this coast and in Shet- land. Perhaps it would have been well had we tarried longer on this bit of ground, but we indulged in the belief that we should spend a day or two here later in the season, and so thinking, the dredges were hauled up after an hour or two’s work; and we steamed ahead for Holy Island, where we arrived during the afternoon. It is needless to enter into details respecting what was done during each day of our stay here. Suffice it to say, that we scraped the sea bottom in every direction, and in various depths, up to 46 fathoms—the deepest water attainable on our coast during a single day’s cruise. The results of the dredging will be described in detail by the gentlemen who have undertaken the work of reporting on the different classes. In this general preface it will be sufficient to note a few of the more interesting captures. First and foremost is Echinocardium pennatifidum (Norman, M. 8.), a fine sea-urchin, hitherto confounded with Hehinocardium gibbosum (Agassiz), and previously known as British only from a single specimen taken several years ago in Shetland. Another very interesting Kchino- derm, of which a few fine specimens were taken, is Psolus squa- matus, one of the soft-bodied forms (sea-cucumbers), one example of which had been previously obtained on our coast by Mr. Alder. I believe, however, that his specimen was by no means so fine as those dredged last year. A small Echinus, exhibited by Mr. Norman at the Manchester meeting of the British Association, and called by him &. neglectus, var. B., was taken abundantly. This, however, has claims to be regarded as a distinct species, and will be described by Mr. Norman from his Shetland speci- mens under the name of Hehinus pictus. Off Dunstanborough 4 DREDGING REPORTS. were taken three specimens of the Featherstar, Antedon rosaceus, a very rarely noticed inhabitant of our shores, and here also a remarkably fine haul of zoophytes was obtained; but the species were all, with one or two exceptions, such as were previously known to inhabit our district. There was also in this locality an astonishing abundance of one of the less common Brittle-stars, Ophiocoma nigra. The Mollusca were very poor, the only species new to the district being Chiton albus, Z., of which a single speci- men was dredged off Holy Island. Some of the sand-covered Ascidians taken on the Durham coast require further examination. We may hope that they will afford something of interest for Messrs. Alder and Hancock’s promised work on the Tunicata. Two fine examples of Stylifer Turtoni were found adherent to an Echinus pictus off Holy Island. And with reference to this Echinus it may be remarked, that though the dredges were put down, as we thought, on the very spot where we obtained, the previous year, abundance of Hehinus Drébachiensis, nevertheless this time not one specimen of the latter species came up. There must have been plenty of it within a few yards of the dredge; for the nature of the locality, almost close beneath the cliffs of one of the Fern Islands, precluded the possibility of any great error in this respect. Amongst stalk-eyed Crustacea the following deserve notice: Atelecyclus heterodon, Pagurus cuanensis, Hyndmanni and ferru- gineus, Crangon Allmanni, spinosus, nanus and fasciatus. Pagurus ferrugineus and Crangon fasciatus are new to the district. The most important Amphipoda are the following: Lyszanassa Coste, Anonyx Holbitlii, Haploops tubicola, Monoculodes carinatus, West- woodilla cecula, Protomedeia Whiter, Qdiceros parvimanus, Urothoe marinus, Dexamine Vedlomensis, Calliope bidentata (undescribed ), Eusirus Helvetie, Heiscladus longicaudatus, Cheirocratus mantis and Uneiola planipes, the two last-named being new species now described by the Rey. A.M. Norman. Of Ostracoda, besides Cythere contorta and C. avena, the following new species, also described by Mr. Norman, were taken: C. levata, declivis, limicola, latis- sima, guttata, multifora, and Cythereis Dunelmensis. A new and very interesting Copepod, Calanus Clausii (Brady) was taken in MR. ALDER ON THE MOLLUSCA. 5 great numbers, and a new Pycnogon, Vymphon rubrum (Hodge) was captured on the Durham coast. Descriptions of these, as well as of the other new species, will be found in the reports of the sections to which they belong. Amongst Polyzoa Mr. Alder reports the following as being new to the coast: Lepralia annulata and Tubulipora lobulata. Bugula Murrayana was abundant, and appears to be pretty nearly confined to the east coast. Among Hydrozoa the most interesting captures were Tubiclava Cornucopie (a new form lately described by Mr. Norman from specimens taken in Shet- land), Plumularia myriophyllum, a rare species new to this coast, and Halecium labrosum. : Several fine sponges were obtained off Dunstanbro’, but these have not yet been completely examined. The lists of species in the various departments have been tabulated, as far as possible, so as to present at a glance the results obtained in each year. The captures of each year have been also divided into two columns, in order to show separately the species taken on the Durham and Northumberland coasts. In 1862, however, no dredging was done on the Durham coast: the second column is therefore occupied by the Dogger Bank, which was not visited in the subsequent years. The occur- rence of a species is noted with an asterisk. A synopsis of the various new and undescribed species will be found at the end of the report. ; Ge S-B: Report on the Mollusca, by Joshua Alder. In reviewing the results of the three years’ dredgings, now brought to a close, we find that, so far as the Mollusca are con- cerned, not much has been added to our previous knowledge, though additional information concerning their distribution, and the comparative abundance or rarity of the different species has been obtained. One beautiful nudibranch, the Hero formosa of Lovén, has been added to the British Fauna, and four testaceous gasteropods, Hulima nitida, EF. gracilis, Rissoa ecimicoides, and 6 DREDGING REPORTS. Chiton albus, have been got for the first time on the north-east coast; but a few fine and rare species, including Fusus Turtond, F. Norvegicus, F. Berniciensis, and Buceinopsis Daler, for which this locality has obtained some celebrity, were not met with during the dredgings, a single ovicapsule of F. Turtond being the only indication of the presence of any of them. Repeated at- tempts to procure these fine shells by dredging have failed, both here and on the Yorkshire coast. The probability is that they inhabit rocky ground on which the dredge will not work. This is the more likely, as the allied species, Fusus antiquus, which is known to be common on this coast, and is brought in constantly on the fishermen’s lines, was met with very sparingly, and in an immature state. The only Cephalopods obtained belong to the genus Sepiola, of which both the British species are now shewn to inhabit our coast, a single individual of S. Rondeletit having been met with in the last dredgings near Holy Island: the specimen is peculiar in having the fins angulated at the top; but this is perhaps only an accidental variation from the usual form. Of the Tunicata it may be remarked, that two of the species here catalogued, Cynthia comata and C. vestita, have not yet been found in any other locality.. I had supposed the latter to be identical with the Cynthia (Glandula) glacialis of M. Sars, but from a more detailed description of that species, which the learned Professor has since published, the two forms prove to be distinct. I have there- fore fallen back upon the name that I had at first proposed for the British species. Ascidia conchilega of Miiller, referred by Forbes to the restricted genus Ascidia, I have since ascertained to be a Molgula. It has not been found before on the eastern coast. The dredging excursions being mostly confined to the coralline and deep-water zones, few of the common littoral species were met with, and these principally dead shells. The only exceptions to this were Mytilus edulis, Trochus cinerarius, and Aemea vir- ginea, the former of which was found alive in 15 fathoms, and the two latter in 40 fathoms, near the Fern Islands. The first year’s dredging was the most productive in Mollusca: 187 species (including Zunicata) were then obtained. From these MR. ALDER ON THE MOLLUSCA. 7 may be deducted five species, Murex erinaceus, Margarita cinerea, Astarte elliptica, Mya Uddevallensis, and Saxicava sulcata, pre- sumed to be fossil. This will leave 132 species; to which have been added in the subsequent dredgings 32 species, making the whole number 164, distributed as follows :— Cephalopoda eee cue vetiecc-.e- 2 Gasteronodaie wy hicty ccc dain s.cae 84 Lamellibranehiata ~............... 65 Mimic aba eee tat soe ace ee 13 164 Any comparison instituted between the species obtained in: these dredging expeditions and the Faunas of other marine localities will be in some respects imperfect, imasmuch as they represent only a part of our Fauna, the littoral and Laminarian species being scarcely at all represented. Several important deep-water species are also absent. On the whole, however, they bear out the boreal character of the marine Invertebrata of our coast. Taking the testaceous Mollusca alone for compari- son, as the naked Mollusks and Tunicates have scarcely been sufficiently examined in northern latitudes, and are entirely ab- sent in fossil beds, the following results have been obtained. The Testacea met with amount to 135. Of these about 30 are now living in the Arctic seas, and no less than 120 are found on the shores of Norway and Sweden, leaving only 15, mostly very small] and inconspicuous kinds, that have not yet been detected in those boreal regions. A somewhat larger number, about 20, and these ‘more conspicuous species, less likely to be overlooked, are absent on the south coast of England. Upwards of 50 of our species are met with in the glacial and post-pleiocene beds of this country, and a large number, 82, are found fossil in the Crag. 8 DREDGING REPORTS. Sepiola Atlantica, D’Ord. .. Rondeletii, Leach. ... Trophon clathratus, Linn... Barvicensis, Johns. Fusus gracilis, Da Costa.... propinquus, Alder .. antiquus, Linn....... Turtoni, Bean ...... Buccinum undatum, Linn. . Nassa incrassata, Wud. .... Mangelia costata, Penn. .... brachystoma, P/ii. linearis, Mont. teres, Forbes Trevelyana, Turt. turricula, Mont... Cypreea Europea, Mont. .... Natica Alderi, Forbes, inde F. § H.. Montagui, Forbes.... helicoides, Johns..... Groenlandica, Beck... Velutina levigata, Linn. ... Trichotropis borealis, Brod. . Odostomia insculpta, Mont. . interstincta, Mont. spiralis, Mont. .. turrita, Jeff. .... unidentata, JZont. Kulimella Scille, Sacchi. acicula, Phil..... Chemnitzia fulvocincta, Thom indistincta, Mont. Kulima distorta, Desh....... bilineata, Alder .... gracilis, B by diy oo nitida, Zam. ...... Stylifer Turtoni, Brod. CEPHALOPODA. 1862. 1868. 1864 ad} .Jec| da ded] 4 cee 3 Ue aie) |e) BE a 428) MVaias!| 4g faal] a Su| Psfean| a fea # oSiSepss| iss] & a ra | (S| ea |] i e ° * GASTEROPODA. * * * a ae * * oh, ° ee ee # * * : * * *# * * * * * on * ee ee . * * Oo e ee * * * * * * * * * a * * * e % ee * ee * ee # e * * * * # * * * * ! * k ee ° * ee ee * ee * * * Ab # * . oe ee * * ee ee ee ee ee * * Be 20 - K . 50 oo | * ee ee * k Ee * ; ate * ee ee ee ee # * % * . . * e oe ee One specimen with the fins angulated at the top. Fine on the Dogger. Ditto. Small & young. A capsule only. Rare and mostly dead. One specimen. Dead. Common, but. small. Two young dead shells. Three living specimens on Echinus pictus. MR. ALDER ON THE MOLLUSCA. Aporrhais pes-pelecani, Linn. Turritella communis, Risso. Scalaria Trevelyana, Leach. . Rissoa inconspicua, Alder .. punctata, Dont. cimicoides, Forbes .. striata, Mont. ...... parva, Da Costa ulye, Penn. ........ Lacuna vincta, Mont....... Ccecum glabrum, Mont. .... Trochus cinerarius, Linn. « millegranus, Phil... Montagui, Gray . tumidus, Wont... .. Zizyphinus, Linn... Kmarginula reticulata, Sow. Puncturella Noachina, Linn. Pileopsis Hungaricus, Zinn. . Acmea virginea, Mull. .... Dentalium entale, Zinn.. .. Chiton fascicularis, Linn. .. ruber, Linn. ...... AIS coogkbeodeoc acellus, Chemn. .... marmoreus, Lad. levis, Penn. ...... Tornatella fasciata, Zam. Bulla Cranchii, Leach...... Cylichna cylindracea, Penn. . strigella, Loven... truncata, Adams .. umbilicata, Mont... Philine quadrata, S. Wood .. scabra, Mill. ..... Doris tuberculata, Civ. Johnstoni, Ald. § Han. pilosa Wee Tdalia aspersa, Ald. § Hane. Tritonia Hombergii, Cw. .. alba, Ald. § Hane... plebeia, Johns. .... Dendronotus arborescens, Mu. Doto fragilis, Forbes .... Hero formosa, Lovén ...... Kolis coronata, Forbes..... Drummondi, Thomp. . 1862. | 1863, | 1864 ed (2g) 2 yes] @ REMARKS. ss [s2/ a i2s| 4 33 BR Be. tlaal 2 eae p22] A bees A * * * % * | i * | * | * | * | Common. * * * * t oe eas clear twace: . 10 a Dead. me Re lis . | Ditto. se * _ | In shallow wa- = . aot uel. : * | _. | Dead. if .. | * | One specimen. : * | # 1 Living in 40 fa- | thoms. * ae we . | Rather common + * | |. | Rare. Twoalive = * | ., | * | * | Common. hi a He . | Small, & dead. * * | Rare. Onelivg. ! in 40 fathoms. . * | * | * | * | Common. * | re | One specimen (living). * * * * e % ° “8 o 0.0 ee * ee oe 2 ale eee evares ‘3 .f.. | .. | One specimen. ae ee % ee 3 * ° 4 ao I Go log 4) ob | Rare. oe co . i mene |i . | * | .. | Very large. ot Ge . | Small. “ah Se foe . | Rare. "6 55 ! One specimen. cS to DREDGING REPORTS. I U 1 . Bgiscf8 ¢ g Z| 8 REMARKS. 2s|he]ee as] 4 6s8|aalses 63| 2 za FQ Ze) A Eolis rufibranchialis, Johns.| .. | * f.. : Antiopa cristata, Delle Chiaje| .. | .. | .. * LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Anomia ephippium, Linn. el gi | PS ol eras |e Peall ee aculeata, Wiii. gatinl|P woe | HAAN aces [hy cee Piet Pecten opercularis, Linn. Baillie aeherd Poser | lessee Ot it USIOs 262070 teem rctersier Ge allitera st are ral Wie anger? omllis, IIR oo adoll & |) oo Aaa Uae? tigrinus, Mill.......) * ey eon | striatus, Mull.......| * 56 .. | .. | One specimen. subauriculata, J/ont.| * | .. | * | .. | * : Winning eolilitss JO oosdosl| @ fl 6a || oo |] oc .. | Dead valves. Lima Loscombii, Sow....... ae Aleray | thereat ts .. {| Small. Alive in 15 fathoms. Modiola;modiolus;iinnteee| se) ti) See Wt MeO, Jah ool) ~* | oo lice || oo Modiolaria (Crenella) discors, SS UNIO anere Rect eke < ekeqaasi eee ae aioal foe HS 5 Me, ERM socal # || i) oa (ees marmorata,Ford.| .. | * | * | * 5 Crenella decussata, Mont....| * Bs : Arca tetragona, Poli ...... 2 * | .. | One living “in the cavity of a stone. Nucula nucleus, Zinn.......| * | * | * na | mals SG G 5600 0c = : : 50 |) co || dienes Hemi MMM Socooc = | Beet aaa leo Leda candata, Don.........| * | * | * | * § * | * | Common. Cardium echinatum, Zinn...) * | .. | * | * * edule, Linn. .....: Sahoo) (ne ce, A yalve. fasciatum, Mont...) * | .. | * Plone punctatum, Brocchi| * | * |. dic Norvegicum, Syeng.) .. | .. | .. y Lucina borealis, Zinn.......| * | .. | * * HE aO SH, WM 505i i) 2 1) = os Kellia suborbicularis, J/Zont.| * Ve ae Me Montacuta bidentata,Wont...} * | . oo |) ferruginosa, Mont.) * | .. ao || . substriata, ont.) * | * * On Spatangus purpureus. Cyprina Islandica, Linn..... ellie 2 .. | Young only. Astarte (compressa, Mont... *) |9* 4 * | * * | Common. suleata, Da Costa |e en * var. Scotica.... 2 oh |i s Wars 9 triangularis, Mont. eal hays (es ees Venus casina, Linn..,..... ae ee wel ee puvare} fasciata, Don. \) se. smite A Real afetest od [aR ovata, Penn... es eee fees (se I ee * yo MR. ALDER ON Venus striatula, Don... .. Artemis exoleta, Zinn. linctay Puli, se. Lucinopsis undata, Penn. .. Tapes virginea, Linn. ..... pullastra, WYood...... Mactra elliptica, Brown .... solida, Zinn. ......- subtruncata, Da Costa Tellina crassa, Penn. ..... ; pygmea, Phil...... Psammobia Ferroensis, Chem. tellinella, Lam... Syndesmya alba, Wood .... intermedia, Thomp. prismatica, Mont.. Solen pellucidus, Penn. .... Mya arenaria, Linn. ...... truncata, Linn........ Corbula gibba, Olivi. ...... Neera brevirostris, Brown, . Saxicava arctica, Linn. .... rugosa, Linn. .. Thracia phaseolina, Lam. .. villosiuscula, Maeq. Lyonsia Norvegica, Chemn.. Ascidia intestinalis, Zinn. .. sordida, Ald. § Hane. parallelogramma, Wz. Molgula arenosa, Ald. & Han. conchilega, Mill. .. Cynthia vestita(glacialis) Ald. comata, Alder...... coriacea, Ald. & Han. grossularia, Van Ben. Pelonaia corrugata, 7. ¢ G.. Clavelina lepadiformis, Mill. Bolyclimuml(sp.)iaeeaeecies Botrayllash(Sps)\ierderlersioreers Northum- berland. * 1863 ED 6 us} 2z| § SE| 5 =] z=| A * * * * * * ee * * * * ee * eo es ° f * oe ef * * * * THE MOLLUSCA. 1864 4 j ce Bs Fe 1 || csi mH oo =] Z=| 8 * x % + * * Bs * | * ee eo * # * + * * ee * oe * * 90 * 0 * * * # * * ¥ * sits * * * i % 11 REMARKS. The var. Pri- deuxiana is most common in deep water. Fine specimens. Rare. Rare. Mostly dead. Specimens not preserved. 12 DREDGING REPORTS. Report on the Crustacea, by the Rev. Alfred Merle Norman, M.A. The Crustacea taken during the Association dredging of the summer of 1864 number 157 species, including the Pycnogo- noidea reported on by Mr. Hodge. Among them are two Am- phipods and several Ostracoda which are new to science, and will be presently described. The following also deserve especial notice as either new to our local Fauna, or interesting on other accounts. Pagurus ferrugineus, Norman. (Ann. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1861. Pl. XIII, figs. 1-3.) Two examples of this recently distinguished species were procured three miles off Dunstanborough, associated on the same ground with Pagurus Bernhardus, P. pubescens, P. levis, and P. Hyndmanni. This species has now been dredged by me in the four most extreme parts of the British coast, namely, at Shetland, Guernsey, in the Firth of Clyde, and off the North- umberland coast. Pagurus ferrugineus would therefore seem to be distributed all around our shores, but has probably hitherto generally escaped attention on account of its small size, and the mistaken assumption that it was the young of some other species. _ Crangon fasciatus, Risso. A single specimen of this shrimp, which had not been previously met with on any part of the eastern coast, was dredged in shallow water within the Fern Islands. Some rare Amphipoda were for the first time taken in our district, namely, Anonyx Holbillii, Kroyer ; Monoculodes carina- tus, Bate; Westwoodilla cecula, Bate; and Protomedeia Whiter, Bate; and two species were also found which belong to genera previously unknown in Great Britain, and one of which is new to science. It may be thus characterized— Fam. GAMMARIDA, Norman. (Subfam. Gammarides B. & W.) Genus. CHEITROCRATUS,* n. gen. Superior antenne shorter than inferior, having a secondary appendage. First gnathopods not subchelate. Second gnathopods a / 2 . * X2bP and *pe7rem ; strong in the hand. The new Amphipoda will also be described in the Brit. Assoc. Report for 1864. REV. A, M. NORMAN ON THE CRUSTACEA. 13 subchelate, very large. Telson double. Last pair of pereiopods very long. Cheirocratus mantis, n. sp. Pl. VII, figs. 14, 15. Eyes of moderate size, irregularly round, placed between the origins of the two pairs of antenne. Superior antenne about equal to the first four segments of the body in length; first joint much stouter than, but not quite so long as, the second; third joint half the length of the second; filament of about twenty articulations and of nearly the same length as the peduncle; secondary appendage two-joimted, and about equal in length to the first two articulations of the filament. Inferior antenne imperfect in the type specimen, very large and strongly deve- loped, the end of the penultimate joint of the peduncle reaching to half the length of the filament of the superior antenne; the olfactory denticle is large, and there is a small spine at the infe- rior extremity of the third joint. rst gnathopods not subche- late, haying the propodos 3—4 times as long as broad, and the dactylus scarcely curved, broad, with numerous short spines fringing the posterior margin. Second gnathopods having a large basos which becomes gradually wider towards the lower extre- mity, fringed anteriorly with very long simple hairs, and furnished with a few very minute and short hairs on the hinder margin; carpus triangular, not produced above or below, but widening towards the extremity to receive the very large propodos; pro- podos equalling in length the first three segments of the body, about two and a half times as long as broad, widest at the com- mencement of the palm, which is very oblique, half the length of the propodos, and furnished with three large teeth; dactylus strong, much curved, inner margin simple, equal to rather more than half the palm in length (reaching beyond the second tooth). Last three pairs of pereipods having the basos twice as long as broad, anteriorly beset with strong, spine-like hairs, and poste- riorly with very minute slender hairs, each of which is set in a little notch. Last perewpods very long, with the propodos greatly developed and much flattened. First wropods extending consi- derably beyond the second; those of the last pair imperfect in 14 DREDGING REPORTS. the type specimen. Zelson double. Pleon having the inferior margins of the second and third segments furnished with hairs and produced posteriorly into a spine-like point; the dorsal mar- ein of the fourth segment is produced into two or three spines, between which is a long cilium; and the dorsal margin of the fifth segment has two spines placed close together on either side of the central line. Coxe shallow. A single specimen dredged in deep water off Holy Island, July, 1864. Fam. COROPHIIDA. Bate and Westwood. Genus. UNCIOLA, Say. Antenne of both pairs with multiarticulate flagella; the superior pair furnished with a minute secondary appendage. First gnathopods subchelate; second not subchelate. Telson squamate, simple. Last uropods double-branched, tipped with hairs, mmner branch minute, scarcely as long as the peduncle of two preceding pairs, which are two-branched, and have their truncate extremities armed with strong spines. Unciola planipes, n. sp. Pl. VII, figs. 9-11. Superior antenne having the first joint of the peduncle not so long as the second, but slightly longer than the third; filament (about seventeen jointed) equal in length to the peduncle; se- condary appendage very minute, consisting of a single joint, which is not longer than the first joint of the filament. Inferior antenne haying the peduncle equal in length to that of the supe- rior, but the filament not more than half the length of that of the preceding organs; third jomt of peduncle much shorter than fourth, which equals the fifth. Head furnished with a rostrum. First gnathopods subchelate, beset on both margins with tufts of simple hairs; propodos slightly longer than the carpus, subovate with a very oblique concave palm extending about half its length, and furnished with two tubercular processes; dactylus simple, gently curved. Second gnathopods not subchelate, having the carpus and propodos remarkably flattened, and fringed with thick sets of hairs; dactylus small, taking its origin from the REY. A. M. NORMAN ON THE CRUSTACEA, 15 inferior half of the truncated apex of the propodos, immersed in a dense tuft of hairs which spring from the upper portions of the apex, and from the sides of the propodos. Pereiopods having large falciform dactyli, which are furnished on their inner side with simple hairs. Body slender; basos of all the legs very small; posterior angles of first three abdominal segments pro- duced backwards into conspicuous teeth. Zelson squamiform. Uropods of first and second pair having their branches margined and terminated by large spines; uropods of last pair two-branched, small, scarcely reaching beyond telson, or the basal joint of pre- ceding pair; outer branch tipped with long simple hairs; inner branch terminating in a single spine. Length a third of an inch. A single specimen was dredged in July, 1864, off Holy Island ; but the species was procured by me more abundantly in about seven fathoms water at Balta Sound, Shetland, in June, 1863. Unciola planipes is apparently nearly allied to Unciola leucopes of Kroyer, which is a native of South Greenland. OrpER. OSTRACODA. Fam. CYPRIDZ. Genus. CYTHERE, Iiller. Cythere debilis. Jones. Pl. V, figs. 5-8. Cytheridea debilis, Jones, Tertiary Entomostraca (Palon. Soc. Trans.) p. 43. Pl. VI, fig. 18: Cythere Bradu, Norman, M.S. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1864. Oblongo-ovate, of nearly equal height throughout; length to breadth as two and a half to one, very tumid. Ventral margin nearly straight, very slightly incurved a little before the middle, dorsal margin subparallel to ventral, having a nearly equal slope at the two extremities, the anterior of which is well-and equally rounded, while the posterior, which is slightly the wider of the two, and a little more produced below, has the dorsal curve much longer than the ventral. Lucid spots, consisting of a transverse row of four placed close to each other, and two others at some 16 DREDGING REPORTS. distance in advance of these, and separated from each other. Dorsal view elongated ovate. End view nearly round. Hinge margin crenulated throughout its length. Carapace white, smooth, but studded with scattered opaque white punctures. Length half a line. Dredged 100 miles off Tynemouth in 1862, and 10-15 miles off Seaham in 40-48 fathoms in 1864. It would have been impossible to identify this species with the figure and description given by Mr. T. Rupert Jones in ‘‘ The En- tomostraca of the Tertiary Formation ;” but Mr. G. 8. Brady has kindly informed me that he has Norwegian and Arctic specimens which seem to be identical with those taken on this coast, and which have been pronounced by Mr. Jones to be his Cytheridea debilis. Cythere declivis, n. sp. Pl. V, figs. 9-12. Subtriangular, closely resembling a miniature Mytilus edulis in form; highest before the middle, length to breadth as about one and three quarters to one; subcompressed. Ventral margin slightly (rarely considerably) incurved in the centre; dorsal mar- gin anteriorly well arched, but sloping rapidly from about the middle towards the posterior extremity. Anterior end wide and well rounded ; posterior extremity narrow, rounded. Lucid spots consisting of four placed close together in a transverse curved line (of which the lowest is the largest, and each of those above smaller than its predecessor, ) and in front of these a large comma- formed spot, apparently formed by the coalescence of two. Ventral view cuneiform, moderately convex behind, much compressed in front, juncture of the valves impressed. Carapace white, trans- lucent, smooth, but marked with conspicuous opaque white scattered punctures;* anterior margin with radiating riblike markings. Length not quite one third of a line. Taken off Holy Island and Seaham during the past season. I * What I have called here and in the description of the last species ‘‘ punctures” are not sunken impressions, but slightly e/evated tubercular processes, which are perforated in the centre. Such structures are not uncommon among the Ostracoda, and might perhaps be best described as ‘‘ perforated papille.” REV. A. M. NORMAN ON THE CRUSTACKA. 7 have also specimens from Plymouth, Roundstone Bay, and Shet- land ; and others are in Mr. G. 8. Brady’s collection from Donegal and Preston Pans Thus the species would appear to be distri- buted all round our coasts. Cythere avena, Norman. Cythere mytiloides, Norman, Ann. Nat. Hist., January, 1862. Pl. III, figs. 1-3. The specifig name, mytiloides, haying been previously empioyed in this genus by Bosquet, it becomes necessary to change the title of the form described by me in the Annals of Natural His- tory. Cythere avena, as it is now proposed to style it, has been taken off both the Durham and Northumberland coasts. The type specimens were from the Firth of Clyde, and I have since obtained it from Arran in Ireland, Roundstone Bay, and Shetland. Cythere simplex, n. sp. Pl. V, figs. 1-4. Elongo-elliptic, cuneiformly produced posteriorly; greatest height behind the centre; length to breadth as two and a half to one; compressed. Ventral margin slightly mceurved anteally, and very convex posteally ; dorsal margin straight in the centre, and sloping nearly equally towards each extremity. Anterior extremity well rounded; posterior considerably produced to a central point to which the dorsal and ventral margins equally and gradually converge. The only lucid spots which I am able to detect are five elongated spots ranged side by side in the form of a fan slightly im advance of the middle of the carapace. Carapace very thin and delicate im structure, transparent, and perfectly smooth, presenting no appearance of punctures or sculpture of any kind. Hinge line perfectly simple; valves having a broad internal marginal lamella, most developed behind. Length three quarters of a line. This is the species which was recorded by me in the report of the dredging of 1862 (Trans. T. N. F. C., Vol. V, p. 266), under the name of Cythere acuta, Baird. I have since, however, through the kindness of Dr. Baird, had an opportunity of examin- ing the type specimens on which that species was established, c 18 DREDGING REPORTS. and find them to be carapaces of the larva of a Balanus, and not of a Cythere. At the time when the Natural History of the British Entomostraca was written we were not so well acquainted with the development of the Cirripedia as at the present day, and hence arose my friend’s mistake. Cythere acuta must therefore be struck out of our lists. Cythere simplex was dredged in 1862, about 100 miles off Tynemouth, and again in 1864 off Holy Island. Mr. G. 8. Brady’s collection contains specimens from Bute, Shetland, and the Arctic seas. Cythere levata, n. sp. Pl. V, figs. 138-16. Oblongo-ovate, highest before the middle at the commencement of the supero-anteal slope; length to breadth as one and three quarters to one, moderately convex. Ventral margin slightly concave on the anterior half, and convex posteriorly ; dorsal mar- gin nearly straight, the anterior slope the longer. Anterior extremity well rounded, gradually arched into the superior mar- gin above, more suddenly rounded below. Posterior extremity slightly produced centrally, the superior and inferior slopes nearly equal. Lucid spots, consisting of four oblong impressions in a transverse line, and a semicircular spot in front. Carapace white, smooth, polished, with a few small scattered punctures; valves bordered by a keel-like fillet, which is more conspicuous behind. Length, not one third of a line. Dredged July, 1864, off Holy Island, and I have also seen it from the following localities:—Shetland and Roundstone Bay (A. M. N.); Margate, Southwold, Donegal, Race’s Bank, and mouth of the Ribble (Mr. G. 8. Brady). Cythere multifora, n. sp. Pl. VI, figs. 13-16. Cythere rugosa, Norman, M.S. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1864, (but not C. rugosa of Speyer.) Oblongo-ovate, of nearly equal height throughout, length to breadth as two and a half to one, abruptly swollen immediately above the margin of the valves, and thence sloping to dorsal margin. Dorsal and ventral margins nearly straight, and sub- parallel; both extremities rounded. Dorsal view prismoidal ; (parallel-sided, with conical extremities). Carapace excavated REY. A. M. NORMAN ON THE CRUSTACHA. 19 with large deep cells, which leave the insterstices standing out im the form of an elegant network. Junction of the valves keeled. Length one fourth of a line. Taken off Holy Island July, 1864; and obtained by me also during the previous year in the Shetland seas. Cythere latissima, n. sp. Pl. VI, figs. 5-8. Cythere obesa, Norman, M.S. Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club. Vol. V, p. 266, and Brit. Assoc. Report for 1864 (but not C. obesa of Reuss). Peach-stone formed, or shortly ovate, with a short central pos- terior prejecting process; greatest height subcentral; length to breadth as one and a half to one, excessively tumid and gibbous. The ventral margins of the valves are produced into a conspicuous keel, on either side of which the carapace is extremely broad, the valves being projected directly outwards in the form of a strong ridge which externally bends outwards and downwards so as to reach below the level of the margin of the valves. The tumidity of the carapace in this part is excessive, and from thence the valves slope rapidly to the dorsal margin. End view triangular. Carapace white, opaque, punctate. Length one third of a line. This remarkable form was dredged in 1862 on the Dogger Bank, and during the past season off Holy Island, and off Seaham. I have also specimens from Shetland and Roundstone Bay, and Mr. G. 8. Brady has found it among sand dredged at the mouth of the Ribble, and in shell-sand from Cowes, Isle of Wight. Cythere guttata, n. sp. Pl. VI, figs. 9-12. Cythere concentrica, Norman, M.S. Report Brit. Assoc. for 1864 (but not of Reuss nor Williamson.) Ovate, or peach-stone shaped, slightly produced to a central poimt behind; greatest height and greatest tumidity before the centre; very tumid. Dorsal margin nearly straight in the centre, suddenly sloping posteally, and forming in conjunction with the infero-posteal similarly suddenly sloping margin a small truncated projection. Ventral margin slightly waved. Anterior extremity 20 DREDGING REPORTS. broadly rounded. Carapace excavated with large cells, which have a somewhat concentric arrangement. Length one third of a line. Allied to C. convexa, but in that species the carapace is less tumid, the anterior extremity is broader, and the posterior pro- cess is not central but inferior; the excavations are not so large, though the species attains much greater dimensions than C. guttata. The close resemblance which C. guttata bears toa peach- stone in all respects is most striking. Dredged in 1864 off Holy Island, and also 10-15 miles off Seaham, in about 40 fathoms. The genus Cythere is so extensive, and the recent and fossil species, already described, are so numerous, that it has become a matter of no small difficulty to find appropriate names, which have not been already pre-occupied by British or foreign authors. It will be seen in the previous descriptions that I have been unfortunately compelled to re-name many of the species, having found that the names which I had at first proposed were already appropriated to some fossil forms by Bosquet, Reuss, and Speyer. Genus. CYTHEREIS, Jones. Cythereis imicola, nu. sp. Pl. VI, figs. 1-4. Oblong, short: greatest height at the commencement of the antero-dorsal slope; length to breadth as one and three quarters to one; sub-compressed. Ventral margin straight, dorsal having a long anterior slope from the highest pomt; and a gradual downward inclination from the same point posteriorwards. * | .. | Tide marks. Carcinus menas, Linn. ....| -- * | .. | Tide marks. Portunus holsatus, Fadr.... | * Poet pusillus, Leach. ..| * : ; Ebalia Cranchii, Leach. ....| * i iaioe tuberosa, Penn. Allies ia Atelecyclus septemdentatus, MOV tapes cis tescial ete sis] oe eure patel tes Pagurus Bernhardus, Linn.| * pe ky pubescens, Kroyer.| * Eda tee cuanensis, Thomp.| .. a5 mre ames levis, Thomp.....) * Folk Hyndmanni, Thom.| * ferrugineus, Vor.) -. Very rare. Porcellana platycheles, Penn.| -- * | .. | Tide marks. longicornis, Penn.| * - Galathea squamifera, Leach.| .. bg intermedia, Kroyer. 3 2 Andrewsil, Ain... 24 DREDGING REPORTS. 1862, 1863. H 3g ee REMARKS. ela Ee Crangon vulgaris, Fabr.....| .. ce fasciatus, Risso....| .. On | One specimen. Allmanni, Kinahan| * = nanus, Kroyer ....| .. * spinosus, Leach....| * * trispinosus, Haiist.| .. * | Very rare. Pandalus annulicornis, Leach| * * brevirostris, Rath.| * * Hippolyte varians, Leach ..| .. na pusiola, Kroyer ..| * a securifrons, Vor.| * as Diastylis Rathkii, Kroyer ..| * * Vaunthompsonia cristata, Bie.| |. i | Rare. rosea, Norman) .. | One specimen. Kudora truncatula, Bate....| .. ate | Rare. Cyrianassa ciliata, Vorman..| .. p | Very rare. elegans, Norman| .. | One specimen. Mysis flexuosus, Fadr. ....| .. a spiritus, Vorman ....| * Didelphys, Norman ..| * os | One specimen. Montaguamonoculoides,Mon.| .. * Alderii, Bate ....| * as pollexiana, Bate ..| * ae Lysianassa Coste, Hdwards..| .. Ay | Rare. longicornis, Lucas} . , # Very rare. Anonyx Holbéllii, Aroyer ..| .. ee | Very rare. denticulatus, Bate..| * * longipes, Bate ie * Rare. Hdwardsii, Kroyer.| * a ampulla, Kroyer ..| .. ob | Very rare. Callisoma crenata, Bate .. * Re Ampelisca Gaimardi, Kroyer.| * * Belliana, Bate ..| * BiG Haploops tubicola, Zil/j.....| * * Phoxus plumosus, Kroyer ..| * ae | Monoculodes carinatus, Bate.| .. : 1 One specimen. Kroyera altamarina, Bate&W.| .. A One specimen. Cidiceros parvimanus, Bate & USE eden ciuion aa Gue sll Lo ; Westwoodilla ceecula, Bate..| .. : One specimen. Urothoe marinus, Bate ....| .. 50 Iphimedia obesa, Rathke....| * 56 Otus carinatus, Bate ......| .. o Very rare. Acanthonotus Owenii, Bate..| * * f Dexamine Vedlomensis, Bate 5 CStw Sh est terete eyemter ee * Atylus bispinosus, Bate ....| * aC Calliope bidentata, nov. sp...| * oe Kusirus Helvetize, Bate .... * | Rare. Microdeutopus anomalus, JUG perm raniee arene aN Coed No 3 REV. A. M. Protomedeia Whitei, Bate .. Melita proxima, Bate ..... Cheirocratus Mantis, Norman Hurystheus eee AYUUIS SLU ot oreseiies ceefaersio sive Amathilla Sabini, Leach . Gammarus marinus, Leach. Megameera longimana, Leach Othonis, Hdawards Alderi, Bate .. Heiscladus longicaudatus, B. MTIZESE UU ies theta tas edecc sess ates cae breyicaudatus, n fannie rubricata, Mont. Podocerus pelagicus, Leach. . capillatus, Rathke. variegatus, Leach Cerapus difformis, Hdwards Dercothoe punctatus, Hdwrds. Noenia excavata, Bate...... caudadentata, nov. sp. Unciola planipes, Norman . Corophium longicorne, Fad. Proto Goodsirii, Bate ...... Protella phasma, Mont. .... Caprella linearis, Zatr. .... lobata, Muller .... Arcturus longicornis, Sow. .. intermedius, Goods. gracilis, Goodsir. Phryxus longibranchialis, n.s. IBOpyEUS!) sence. bconoooat Tdotea tricuspidata, Desm. .. Oniscoda maculosa, Leach (?) Hurydice pulchra, Leach.... Nebalia bipes, Fabr. ...... Cythere reniformis, Baird . guttata, Norman multifora, Norman. . pellucida, Baird .. quadridentata, Baird latissima, Norman. . nigrescens, Baird .. leevata, Norman... variabilis, Baird avena, Norman .... contorta, Norman .. debilis, Jones...... aurantia, Baird .... simplex, Norman NORMAN ON THE CRUSTACEA. 25 186 |} 1863. | 1864 1 i 1 s . fedeee . Be lsalee| a [22] 8 28| ease) 2/28) 4 38 15a] 5 | oo| 8 Ae W421 A tae) A ee oe Be vE *% oe ee . aS * * * * ee . * ° * ee * -.* . * . * * € oo . . ° oe * oad * . * ee oe * . ee . * * o. # d (ee * ae ee * ee * ee x * ‘4 C30 . * ee * ee * ee * . * * oe . * oe * # -. a * "Te | x REMARKS. | One specimen. One only. j Very rare. One specimen. | Shore. | One only. | One specimen. | Rare. 1 Tide marks. 1 Rare. bo (op) DREDGING REPORTS. 186 1863. | 1864 yy Poa ee ge |22)52| 2 [Se ae ted in Ute Cythere declivis, Vorman ..| .. c ee i Oythereis limicola, Norman| * ce flee | Ramet Jonesii, Baird ..| .. lesen |) enevanes Dunelmensis, JVor E * | One specimen. Cypridina Brenda, Baird Remini Tisbe furcata, Baird ......| . oe * | .. | Betw. tide mks. Caligus curtus, Miller .. = * * rapax, idwards ....| .. a cg a Anchorella uncinata, Midler) .. we c Sacculina Carcini, Thomp...| .. a Peltogaster Paguri, Rathke. . sulcatus, Z2iH...| .. Clistosaccus Paguri, Li//j. ..| .. Balanus porcatus, Da Costa..| * crenatus, Brug..... a0 Hameri, Ascanius,.| .. Verruca Stromia, Wiiller....| * Scalpellum vulgare, Leach ..| * 4 | Very rare. j Rare. | One specimen. Total species taken ........ 55 92 Pelagic Entomostraca...... wil 0 Pycnogonoidea.........-.. 2 df 105 68 99 It may be interesting to throw into tabular form the numbers of the different sections of the Crustacea procured during the several years. It must be understood, that the sections here employed are not scientifically equivalent to each other, though sufficiently so for our present purpose. Total 1862, 1863. 1864. in the three yrs. Brachyura 9 8 13 13 Anomoura 7 9 10 it Ma Crourayccsitatuectin ton tenneeree stiri Te 10 WVSCRR) “Gasecosseeononc0 § 1 : UES Sonnoonceoconbad 5 2 é Amphipoda 33 19 Phyllopoda 1 0 Cladocera 2 2 Ostracoda 9 0 Copepoda 10 \1* Pycnogonoidea 9 2 Cirripedia=y.: hue er cacehomecrtn ree 5 4 i 105 68 a * This number includes Alteutha bopyroides (Claus), and Thatlestris longimana Ga which were not actually taken during the expedition of 1863, but about the time of it. REV. A. M. NORMAN ON THE CRUSTACEA. 27 The localities which have proved richest in Crustacea are the Dogger Bank, which was peculiarly productive in the Diastylide, and the deep water off Holy Island. From the latter locality not a few Amphipods have been obtained which have not occurred elsewhere in our district. In the year 1862 the deep sea on our coast had been but little dredged for Crustacea, and no less than 49 species were added to the local Fauna during the expedition of that year. They may be thus distributed : — A. New to Science, 14. Mysis Didelphys, Norman; Vaunthompsonia resea, Norman ; Cyrianassa ciliata, Norman ; C. elegans, Norman ; Calliope bidentata, sp. indes; Herscladus brevicaudatus, sp. mdes ; Nenia caudadentata, sp. ides; Phryxus longibranchialis, sp. indes; Cythere simplex, Norman; C. lumicola, Norman ; ©. latissima, Norman; Calanus Claus, G. 8. Brady ; Nymphon brevitarse, Hodge. B. Species new to Britain, 6. Haploops tubicola, Lilljeborg ; Cythere debilis, Jones ; Pleopis polyphemoides, Lilljeborg; Ichthyophorba hamata, Lillje- borg; J. denticornis, Claus; Dias longiremis, Lillieborg. C- Species new to the Local Fauna, 29. Inachus Dorsettensis, Pennant; Crangon Allmanni, Kinahan ; C. spinosus, Leach; C. nanus, Kroyer; Hippolyte securi- frons, Norman; Vaunthompsonia cristata, Bate; Eudora truncatula, Bate; Anonyx Edwardsit, Kroyer; A. am- pulla, Kroyer; A. longipes, Bate; Phoxus plumosus, Hol- béll; Kroyera altamarina, B. & W.; Acanthonotus Owenri, Bate; Dexamine Vedlomensis, B. & W.; Eusirus Helvetie, Bate; Mierodeutopus anomalus, Rathke; Mehta proxima, Bate; Hurystheus erythrophthalmus, Lilljeborg; Megamera longimana, Leach; M. Othonis, Edwards; Herscladus lon- gicaudatus, B. & W.; Stphonoecetes, —————; Preto Goodsirii, Bate; Arcturus intermedius, Goodsir; A. gra- cilis, Goodsir; Nebaka bipes, O. Fabricius; Cythere quad- ridentata, Baird; Cythereis Jones, Baird; Anomatocera Patersonii, Templeton. 28 DREDGING REPORTS. in 1868, eight of the species procured may be thus distributed : A. Species new to science, 0. B. Species new to Britain, 4. Thalestris longimana, Claus; Alteutha bopyroides, Claus ; Peltogaster sulcatus, Lilljeborg; and Clistosaceus Paguri, Lilljeborg. C. Species new to the Local Fauna, 4. Lysianassa longicornis, Lucas; Otus carinatus, Bate ; Saccu- lina Carcint, Thompson; Peltogaster Paguri, Rathke. In 1864, of 16 species for the first time obtained on the coasts of Durham and Northumberland there were— A. Species new to science, 8. Cheirocratus Mantis, Norman; Unciola planipes, Norman ; Cythere declivis, Norman; C. levata, Norman; C. multe- fora, Norman; C. guttata, Norman; Cythereis Dunelmensis, Norman; Nymphon rubrum, Hodge. B. Species new to Britain, 0. C. Species new to the Local Fauna, 8. Pagurus ferrugineus, Norman; Crangon fasciatus, Risso ; Anonyx Holbollii, Kroyer; Monoculodes carinatus, Bate ; Westwoodilla cecula, Bate; Protomedeia Whiter, Bate ; Bopyrus, -————— ;_ Cythere avena, Norman. It will be seen from the foregoing statistics, that the whole results of the British Association dredging, as regards the Crus- tacea, are, that of a sum total of 158 species procured, 22 were new to science, 10 were species which had been described by Scandinavian and other naturalists but had not before been found in the British seas, and 41 others had not previously been ob- tained on this part of the coast. The additions therefore which have been made in this branch of marine zoology to our local Fauna are very satisfactory. *,.* Since the foregoing has been in print, I have had an oppor- tunity of examining the type specimens of Oytheridea debilis, Jones, and I am at a loss to understand how Professor Rupert Jones can have identified Mr. Brady’s Arctic specimens with that species, aes ae os MR. G. S. BRADY ON THE PELAGIC ENTOMOSTRACA. 29 to which they appear to me to bear no resemblance; and in the opinion which I here express Mr. G. S. Brady now entirely coincides. I propose therefore to restore to the recent form, which has been found on this coast, and in the Norwegian and Arctic seas, the name C. Bradiz, which I had previously proposed _ forit. Judging from the figures and description in the Mono- graph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of England, C. Bradii (Nor- man), would seem to approach very closely to C. pinguis, Jones, and is chiefly distinguishable from that species by the absence of angulation of the dorsal margin. It was @C. pinguis which I had in my thoughts when I inserted C. Bradii—without a name—in the dredging report of 1862, as a Cythere ‘‘new to science, if it be not identical with a Tertiary Fossil species.” Report on the Pelagic Entomostraca, by George S, Brady. During the dredging expeditions of 1863 and 1864 the sea was mostly too rough to allow of the towing-net being used suc- cessfully. In 1862, owing to the generally smoother sea, it was worked to more advantage; but as the dredges occupied almost the entire attention of the party, the captures which we have to record must be looked upon as embracing only the commoner species of our free-swimming Oceanic Entomostraca. The gather- ings of 1862 were made at a distance of fifty to one hundred miles from shore nearly due east of Tynemouth. Those of the following year were taken in the Holy Island district, and on the Durham coast, three or four miles off Ryhope. The total number of species taken was eleven, five of which are new to the British Fauna, and two others have been hitherto only very imperfectly recognized and described. Two out of the eleven belong to the order Cladocera, the remaining nine to the Copepoda. The two Cladocera belong to the family Polyphemide, the nine Copepods are distributed amongst the families Harpactide (one), Peltidide (one), Calanide (six), Pontellide (one). i I have described and figured in this report all the new or imperfectly known species excepting Thalestris longimana and 30 DREDGING REPORTS. Alteutha bopyroides. Both of these belong to families which occur chiefly between tide-marks, and of which there remain several British species yet requiring notice. I therefore here content myself with the simple record of their capture in the open sea, leaving the more elaborate description of them until their con- geners also can have due attention. One structural character in the Calanidee and allied families seems scarcely to have attracted the attention it deserves as a specific mark, namely, the form of the terminal spine of the outer branch of the swimming feet; and more especially, the arrangement of the supplementary spines at its base. These will be found, in some cases at least, to afford diagnostic marks quite sufficient for the determination of a species, and I have therefore figured side by side, in plate I, the spines from the feet of all the British species. The figures are, in each case, taken from the fourth swimming foot. 1862. 1863. 1863. 50-100 miles Northumber- Durham coast, east of land coast, (off Ryhope.) Tynemouth. | (Holy Island.) Sd SE CLADOCERA. Evadne Nordmanni, Zovén ....} common....| ........ common. Pleopis polyphemoides, Leuckart| scarce ......| sesseees common. COPEPODA. Thalestris longimana, Claus ....] ........ Soo 3000 rare. Alteutha bopyvoides, Claws ....| ......0. setts teas rare. Cetochilus septentrionalis, Goods.| scarce ,.....| common ..../ common, Calanus Clausii, G. S. Brady ..| common ....| scarce......| common. Dias longiremis, Lilijeborg...... common ..../ common... | common, Temora Finmarchica, Gunner ..| common ....| scarce...... common. Ichthyophorba hamata, Z7//77.....| common .,..| common ,...| common, denticornis, Claus... Anomalocera Patersonii, Zemplet.| frequent ....| frequent... .} rare. OrpeR. CLADOCERA. Fax, POLYPHEMIDZ&. Genus. PLEOPIS,* Dana. General form very like Polyphemus. Head moveable, separated above by a deep impression from the thorax, below thick and * As defined by G. O. Sars. MR. G. S. BRADY ON THE PELAGIC ENTOMOSTRACA. 31 rounded. Carapace in adult female having a large round ovi- ferous sac over the thorax. Abdomen small, having a little pro- cess above bearing two very short pellucid sete, and terminating in two stiliform nails bending backwards. First antenne rudi- mentary and alike in both sexes. Second antenne having one branch 8, the other 4-jointed, all the joimts—except the very small basal joint of the 4-jointed branch—bearing ciliated but not jointed sete. Zp short and thick, forming a rounded lobe which has its inferior margin sparingly furnished with short spine-like sete. Mandibles moderately large, upper part indistinctly defined, lower strongly bent inwards, forming with the upper part a nearly right angle, attenuated towards the extremity, and ending in two teeth. No maxille. eet four pairs, all prehensile, and scarcely branchial, basal jomt furnished with a small setiferous appendage ; first pair longer than the others and more slender, 4-jointed; two last joimts small, and bearing long curved sete ; these joints in the male are a little dilated ; last joint armed with a small curved nail; second and third pair alike, 4-jointed; basal joint having an appendage on the inner side furnished with ter- minal spines, and may be compared to the coxal or maxillary (coxali vel maxillari) process in other Cladocera; the sete of the other joimts shorter and more nail-like than in the legs of first pair. Last legs much shorter than the others, and not distinctly articulated. Hye very large, entirely filling the fore part of the head, having very numerous and very long crystalline lenses. . On the hinder portion of the back of the head there is a distinct organ of attachment. Intestine simple and nearly straight, and terminates before the caudal stiliform appendages. 1. Puxueorrs pouypHEMmoIDES, Leuckart. Pl. IV, fig. 14. Evadne polyphemoides, Leuckart, Weigmann’s Archiy. 1859, p- 262, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 8rd Series, vol. V, p. 445. This species occurs mostly at some little distance from land, associated often with Hvadne Nordmannt, from which it is readily distinguished by the form of the carapace which is rounded below and deeply constricted at the neck. The front of the head is o2 DREDGING REPORTS. almost filled by an immense eye. The abdomen projects ante- riorly and is terminated by two strong spines directed down- wards, thus giving the lower part of the animal an appearance not unlike that of Daphnia mucronata. OrpDER. COPEPODA. Fam. HARPACTID A. Genus. THALESTRIS, Claus. 1. THALEsTRiIs LoNGIMANA, Claus. Claus; Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 130, T. XVIII, figs. 1-11. A single specimen was taken in the towing net off Seaham Harbour. Faw. PELTIDIDA. Genus. ALTEUTHA, Baird. 1. AtLrEuTHA BoPYROIDES, Claus. Claus ; Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 148, T. XXII, figs. 10-17. Several examples of this species occurred in a gathering taken three miles off Ryhope, on the Durham coast. Fam. CALANIDZ. Genus. CETOCHILUS, R. de Vauzéeme. 1. CETOCHILUS SEPTENTRIONALIS, Goodsir. Pl. I, fig. 12; and PIPE diesel: Cetochilus septentrionalis, Goodsir; Edin. New Phil. Jour. XXXV, 339, Pl. VI, figs. 1-11. 3 = Baird; Nat. Hist. Brit. Entom., p. 335, T. XXX, figs. 1, a-g. Cetochilus Helgolandicus, Claus; Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p- 171, T. XX YI, figs. 2-9. Dr. Claus, in his recent monograph of the Copepoda, describes three species closely allied to the C. septentrionalis of Goodsir, MR. G. S. BRADY ON THE PELAGIC ENTOMOSTRACA. 30 two of these being from Messina, the other from the North Sea. There can, I think, be no reasonable doubt, that the latter is the species referred to by Goodsir, and I therefore here retain the original name as haying the claim of priority. The chief char- acters by which Dr. Claus distinguishes his northern species, C. Helgolandicus, from the southern C. longiremis, are the dis- tribution of setz on the apical joints of the upper antenne (fig. 11) and the presence, in the former species, of a serrated inner border to the basal joints of the fifth pair of feet (fig. 12), In these particulars the species here recorded agrees with C. Hel- golandicus. It is one of the commonest forms on our coast, occurring abundantly both in pelagic and littoral situations. Genus. CALANUS, Leach. Fifth thoracic segment indistinct, united with the fourth. Superior antenne 25-jointed, sometimes (two of the joints being soldered together) 24-jointed; those of the male thickened but not hinged. Inferior antenne and maxillary organs like those of Cetochilus. %fth feet consisting of one branch; those of the male nearly alike; sometimes altogether absent in the female. Abdomen of the male composed of five; of the female, of four (or three) segments. yes simple, small. 1. Cazanus Cravsi, n. sp. PI. I, figs. 1-11, 13. Body elongated, about one-twentieth of an inch long (without the tail setae), colourless and fragile. Superior antenne 24-jointed, (the eighth and ninth of the twenty-five joints being fused toge- ther, ) a little longer than the cephalothorax; the two terminal articulations contracted at the base and somewhat swollen at the distal extremities: the upper or outer edge is beset with short hairs, and the joints in the male are irregularly swollen, the third to the sixth or seventh having each a stronger and longer hair than the rest. Inferior antenne two-branched, the secondary branch with four short median articulations. Cephalothorax oval in outline, rounded above, the last segment conspicuously indented or umbilicate at its junction with the abdomen. Swimming feet slender, the inner branch two, the outer three-jomted, except the first pair, the inner branch of which has only one (?) joint. Lu/th D 34 DREDGING REPORTS. pur of feet, in the male long and slender, pointed; the left con- sisting of three cylindrical tapering joints, of which the middle is the longest; the right composed of five joimts, of which the first three are nearly equal, the fourth shorter, and the fifth very small and sharp. The fifth pair in the female is obsolete. First abdominal segment, in the female, very tumid in front. Terminal abdominal segments very short. Caudal sete short; about half the length of the abdomen. This species was doubtfully referred, in a previous report, (Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. VI, p. 188,) to Phéenna spinifera, Claus; but Dr. Claus has kindly examined specimens which I forwarded to him, and pronounced them to belong to a hitherto undescribed species, referable to the genus Calanus, from which it differs, however, in the absence of the fifth pair of feet in the female. To meet this peculiarity I have shghtly modified the definition of the genus here given. The species is peculiarly difti- cult to examine satisfactorily on account of its extreme fragility, it being scarcely possible, in any of my gatherings, to find an un- mutilated specimen. By far the greater number are females devoid of the rudimentary feet, but some rare specimens showed these organs in a peculiar form (plate I, fig. 11), which I at one time supposed to belong to the female. Dr. Claus has, however, pointed out tome that these are in reality the fifth feet of the immature male, and that where they occur there are always cor- responding marks of immaturity in the development of the abdo- minal segments. C. Clausit is an abundant and widely-spread species, occurring both in tidal pools and in the open sea. I have specimens from Shetland and the Channel Islands, and from many localities, both littoral and pelagic, in the Northumberland and Durham districts. I have much pleasure in dedicating this interesting species to Dr. Claus, and I regret that the imperfect state of my specimens has prevented my figuring it as fully and accurately as I could have wished. Genus. DIAS, Lilljeborg. Anterior antenne composed of 19-21 joints, beset with long MR. G. S. BRADY ON THE PELAGIC ENTOMOSTRACA. 30 sete ; that of the male having, on the right side, a hinge joint. Posterior antenne with a short, simple secondary branch. Labrwin large, three lobed. Anterior foot-jaws strong, with ciliated, unci- form sete; posterior foot-jaws slender, armed with sete at the base; swimming feet elongated, inner branch two-jointed. 2%fth pur of feet having one branch, the right of the male formed for prehension. Abdomen of the male 5, of the female 3-jointed. 1. Dras tonerremis, Zilj. Pl. I, fig. 14; and Pl. II, figs. © 11-18. Dias longiremis, Lilljeborg; De Crustaceis ex ordinibus tribus (1853), p. 181, T. XXIV, figs. 1-13. Claus ; Die frei lebenden Copepoden (1863), p. 193, T. XXXII, figs. 6-14. Calanus Eucheta, Lubbock; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 2nd Series. ‘Vol. XX (1857), p. 401. Pl. X, figs. 1-6. Body elongated, slender. Head obtusely rounded. Antenne about as long as the cephalothorax, the right of the male having 19, the left 21 joints. First segment of the body nearly as long as the remaiming four segments. Caudal segments short, about once and a half or twice as long as broad. Tail sete equal in length to the abdomen, the second from the inner side being the longest. Length 34th of an inch. This species may at once be recognized by the peculiarity of the larger antennee which are irregularly swollen at the articulations so as to give them a gnarled or knotted appearance (figs. 11-13). About one half of the antennal sete are much larger than the rest, being distributed at irregular intervals, but most profusely near the apex of the antennee. The lower antenna (fig. 4) is two branched, the larger branch three-jointed, and having on the basal joint a series of eight hairs which increase regularly in length from the first to the fifth or sixth. The cephalothorax has often a few minute spines on the posterior border of the last segment. These are 9 9) variable in number: most of my specimens possess two or three, but some have none. The fifth feet of the male consist each of a single four or five-jointed branch, forming a pair of strong pre- hensile claws (fig. 18). The fifth foot in the female (fig. 17) 36 DREDGING REPORTS. is much smaller and is made up of a short basal portion, from which springs a long, gradually attenuated apical jomt. From the basal joint there is given off on one side a long seta. The terminal spines of the swimming feet (plate I, fig. 14) are pecu- har ; for instead of having one or more small supplementary spines at the base connected with the first jomt of the foot by a move- able joint, as is usually the case, the spine is in this species formed by a mere arched and pointed prolongation of the outer edge of the foot. D. longiremis seems to be one of the commonest and most widely distributed of our native Calanidee. It occurs abundantly in a gathering taken off the Durham coast; also at the Fern Islands, and in the open sea one hundred miles off Tynemouth. Mr. Norman has taken it at Rothesay, Mr. Lubbock at Weymouth, and I have myself found it amongst the Channel Islands, in the Isle of Man, in tidal pools on the Durham coast, and in pools of brackish water on Burgh Marsh, near Carlisle. The specimens taken in the last-named locality are, however, stunted and ill- developed, being only about ;;th of an inch in length, the result, I suppose, of an uncongenial habitat. Genus. TEMORA, Baird. ~ Superior antenne 24-jointed, the right in the male haying a hinge joint. Branches of the inferior antenne subequal: the secondary branch with four short median joints. Inner branch of the first pair of feet one-joimted; of the second, third, and fourth pairs two-jointed. Fifth feet consisting of one branch ; in the female short and rudimentary; in the male prehensile, and, on the right side, subcheliform. Abdomen of the male 5, of the female 3-jointed. 1. Tremora Frymarcuica, Gunner. Pl. I, fig. 15; and Pl. II, figs. 1-10. Monoculus Finmarchicus, Gunner; Act. Hafn. X 175, f. 20-23. 1765. Temora Finmarchica, Baird; Nat. Hist. Brit. Entom., p. 228, T. XXVIII, figs. 1, 1 a-g. MR. G. S. BRADY ON THE PELAGIC ENTOMOSTRACA. 37 Temora Finmarchica, Claus; Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 195, T. XXXIV, figs. 1-11. Diaptomus longicaudatus, Lubbock; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 2nd Series. Vol. XX (1857), p. 405. Pl. X, figs. 11, 12; and Pl. XI, figs. 12, 13. Body broad in proportion to its length; posterior margin of cephalothorax very much arched. Anterior antenne rather longer than the cephalothorax. Anterior angle of the last tho- racic segment rounded. Fifth feet short, composed of a single branch ; in the male subchelate. Caudal segments very long and slender, about nine times as long as broad and nearly equal in length to the abdomen. Terminal sete shorter than the caudal segments. Colour brown. Length 5th of an inch. The exceedingly long and slender caudal segments (fig. 7), which bear a slender spine on their outer margin at about one fourth of their length from the apex, the strongly arched dorsal outline, and the absence of spines on the inferior angles of the cephalothorax, sufficiently distinguish this from every other spe- cies. The fifth foot of the female (fig. 10) is very short, composed of three cylindrical joints, the last of which is armed with four short spines, two at the apex and two at the sides. That of the male (figs. 8, 9) is also short, and consists of one four-joimted branch, the antepenultimate being produced into a strong spine which, when in apposition with the apical joint, forms a prehensile claw. This is developed much more fully on the left than on the right side. The antero-inferior angle of the last cephalotho- racic segment is well rounded off; the posterior angle is directed downwards and forms an obtuse angle. This is, I think, the most abundant, and the most widely dis- tributed of all the British species. It occurs often in immense numbers in tidal pools, as well as in the open sea. The following are the localities from which I have obtained specimens :—The Channel Islands, Northumberland and Durham coasts, Rothesay, and Shetland. For specimens from the two last-mentioned places I am indebted to the Rev. A. M. Norman. 38 DREDGING REPORTS. 2, Trmora veLox, Lilleborg. Pl. I, fig. 16; and Pl. III, figs. 1-11. Lillj.; De Crust. ex ordinibus tribus Clad., Ostrac., et Copep., p. 177, T. XX, figs. 1-9; and T. XIX, figs. 9, 10. Cephalothorax strongly arched dorsally. First segment about equal in length to the following three. Superior antenne as long as the cephalothorax, very stout, and of nearly equal thickness throughout. Inferior angle of the body produced into a spine. Fifth pair of feet, im the male, very large and strong. Caudal segments of moderate length. Tail sete about half the length of the abdomen. Length ;+;th of an inch. This fine species does not, strictly speaking, come within the limits of a dredging report, seeing that we have found it only in brackish water and never in the open sea. But as it has not yet been noticed by any British author (except casually by myself in the Report of the British Association for 1863) it seems desir- able to describe it here as bemg nearly related to the other sub- jects of this paper. The upper antenne are remarkably stout, thickened at the base, and beset along the upper margin with numerous short hairs. That of the male, on the right side (fig 2), has two long terminal joints, at the base of which the ‘‘hinge”’ is placed. The two joints above, and one below the hinge are armed with serrated plates. The 11th, 12th, 13th, and 14th joints have each usually a distinct but short spine; the 15th and 19th are also armed in the same way, but their spines are much longer. These are not shown with sufficient clearness in the plate. The fifth feet m the female (fig. 9) are four-jointed, the apical jomt rounded, small, and having two stout sete, one large and one small; the penultimate joint has one or two sete, and is produced at the inferior angle into a strong spine, which is some- times serrated on the lower border. The second joint bears also a slender bristle. he fifth feet of the male (fig. 10) are very large and powerful, and are provided on their opposing edges with several spines—mostly one in the middle of each joint. The last abdominal and the caudal segments (fig. 11) are beset with irregularly scattered short hairs or prickles. The caudal MR. G. §. BRADY ON THE PELAGIC ENTOMOSTRACA. 39 segments are four times as long as broad, and about equal in length to the terminal setze. I first recognized this species from specimens taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman in the Isle of Cumbrae, in a pool above ordinary high-water mark, and into which the sea found access only at spring tides. Since that time I have myself taken it im immense numbers in brackish pools at Hylton Dene near Sunderland, and at Burgh Marsh near Carlisle, and I have also seen a few examples collected by Mr. Norman in brackish water at Hartlepool. When living the animal is of a pale brown tint, but on immersion in spirit, assumes a peculiar vinous red or purple. Genus. ICHTHYOPHORBA, Lilljeborg. Head more or less distinct from the thorax. Superior antenne 24-jointed, the right of the male having a hinge joint. All the feet two-branched ; branches three-jointed. Fifth pair of feet in the male prehensile, the inner branch formed for swimming. Abdomen of the male 4 or 5, of the female 3-jointed ; much more slender than the body. 1. IcuruHyopHorBa Hamata, Lilleborg. Ichthyophorba hamata, Lill.; De Crust. ex ordinibus tribus (1853), p. 185, T. X XI, figs. 1-5, and 7-9; and T. XXII, figs. 9-12. I. angustata, Claus; Die frei lebenden Copepoden (1863), p. 199, T. XXXV, figs. 2, 10-12. Diaptomus Bateanus, Lubbock; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd Series, vol. XX (1857), p. 404. Pl. XI, figs. 1-3. Body slender. Superior antenne slender, as long as the whole body, destitute of spmes. Right antenna of the male slightly swollen in the middle. Inferior angle of the last cephalothoracic segment produced into a hook-shaped spine. Fifth pair of feet. two-branched ; the external branch of the right foot in the male terminating in two slender curved claws, the outer of which is - the longest, and is armed with two or three short, sharp spines. Outer branch of the left foot two-jointed. Outer branch of the fifth foot, in the female, armed with a long and strong spine pro- jecting inwards from the second joint, Tail segments of moderate 40 DREDGING REPORTS. length, about once and a half as long as the last abdominal ring. Colour brown. Length 31;th of an inch. I. hamata is pretty widely distributed, at any rate, on our eastern shores; where it occurs both in tidal pools and in the open sea. It is, however, not very commonly taken between tide marks; neither in the open sea is it so abundant as many other species. The following are the localities in which it has been taken :—Shetland, Northumberland and Durham (both littoral and pelagic), Channel Islands; Weymouth (Mr. Lubbock). 2. IcHTHYOPHORBA DENTICORNIS, Claus. Claus; Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 199, T. XX XV, figs. 1, 3-9. Superior antenne as long as the body, bearing a strong pointed tooth on the upper border of the Ist, 2nd, and 5th joints. Right antenna of the male much swollen in the middle, armed with a strong spine on the joint next above the uppermost serrated plate, and with three or four smaller teeth on the preceding joints. Lower anterior angle of the cephalothorax produced into a strong tooth. First segment of the female abdomen bearing on the right side two long, slender spines connected with the papilla for the attachment of spermatophores. Fifth pair of feet similar to those of 7. hamata, but the inner claw of the right foot possesses at its extremity, a row of blunt serrations, and the outer branch of the left foot is 3-jointed. The genus Jchthyophorba was established by Lilljeborg in his work (published in 1853), ‘‘De Crustaceis ex ordinibus tribus Cladoceris, Ostracodis et Copepodis in Scania occurrentibus.”’ In this work one species only, 7. hamata, was described. Dr. Claus in his recent work on the Copepoda has described an addi- tional species, Z. denticornis, substituting at the same time for Prof. Lilljeborg’s specific name hamata, that of angustata, under the impression that the species referred to by Lilljeborg might not be identical with the new ‘‘ angustata.”” There seems, how- ever, little room to doubt that the species described by the two authors are one and the same, and I have therefore here adopted the older name. In our seas, Z. hamatais much the commoner form. MR. .G. HODGE ON THE PYCNOGONOIDEA. 41 Report on the Pycnogonoidea, by George Hodge. Seven species were obtained during the present year’s dredging, six of which had been taken on previous years, and one (Nym- phon rubrum) is new to science. Ten species have been taken during the three years, mostly of the larger forms—a small number, it must be confessed, but there are perhaps few animals more difficult of detection: their limbs closely resemble the stems of Sertularian Zoophytes, and unless they move there is every chance of the smaller forms being passed over whilst the dredged material is being searched. This, I apprehend, has actually been the case; for, owing to the pressure of work during the second and third trips, in consequence of there being so few dredgers, attention was chiefly directed to the more readily noticed forms of life. This is much to be regretted in the case of the Pycnogons, for it is amongst the smaller indi- viduals that new and rare species may be expected. The result of each year’s dredging may be thus stated :— 1862. 1863: 1864. Pycnogonum littorale, Strom ............. * 3 ~ Phoxichilidium coccineum, Johnston ........ < aye os petiolatum, Kroyer ........ 4s e af Niymphonvenaciles Veach) senses ae el: be * SHOSRIpes, On Hava re ase veciisase 4 ms * giganteum, Johnston .......+..- es e lau, O, JAM soscbadodosocubne ‘ = bnewtanses H7OYeN) acannon s 6 «- ee = brevirostnes Hodge: “ais sae de less * ue Fe TEU GUT (eS) LOA TO arses aisisle oe . 0% 4 9 2 7 In my report on the Pycnogons, dredged in 1862, I included Nymphon femoratum, Leach: subsequent examination, however, has convinced me that the specimen in question is merely a slightly modified form of WV. hirtum, O. Fabr., and that Leach’s species is identical with it. Nymphon rubrum, Hodge, n. sp. Pl. X, fig. 1. Body moderately stout. Lateral abdominal processes distant, half as long again as broad. Rostrum short, stout, not equal to length of first jomt of foot-jaws. Palpi equal in length to first 49 DREDGING REPORTS. joint of foot-jaws. Legs long, furnished with short spines, first and third joints equal, second as long as both, fourth longer than three first, fifth longer than fourth, sixth longer than fifth. Tarsus as long or slightly longer than hand, with a strong spine at joint on inner side. Hand slightly curved, with four large spines and a few hairs along margin. Claw about half the length of hand; auxiliary claws more than half the length of claw. Colour of body bright red, banded with red of darker colour. Durham coast; a single specimen from deep water. Report on the Echinodermata, by George Hodge. The following tabular statement exhibits the result of the three years’ dredgings. It contains 88 species, of which 27 were obtained in 1862, viz., 21 from Northd. coast and 8 from Dogger Bank. 27 9) USGS, gy Pal 5, 5 53 19 ,, Durham coast. 32 a9 USGS ro lie. “5 PAD oy, 30 96 The result geographically may be thus stated :— DorrersBanley oo. Sermo 8 species. Northumberland coast ........ BB og IDeEdORyI COHEE aoooscaoncdco00r 24 ” It will be observed that the Durham coast bears an unfavour- able comparison with that of Northumberland. Such comparison is however scarcely fair, as much more time was spent on the latter; im fact, very little dredging was done on the Durham coast, and that little under unfavourable circumstances. In each case the wind and sea were so rough that the dredges could not be satisfactorily worked; but for this, the result would probably have been scarcely inferior to the northern localities dredged. Five additional species were obtained in 1864, of which one, Thyone flecus (Hodge), is new to science, and one Eehinocardium pennatifidum (Norman) is a great rarity. The latter species was first made known as an inhabitant of the British seas, under the name of Amphidotus gibbosus, from a single specimen dredged in Shetland several years ago by the late Mr. Barrett, and by him - considered identical with Amphidotus gibbosus of Agassiz. The MR. G. HODGE ON THE ECHINODERMATA. 43 Rey. A. M. Norman has however made a careful examination of the Northumbrian specimen, and also of one sent him from the Clyde, which he finds do not agree with the original description of Agassiz, although they do with that of Barrett, the inference being that the latter author was incorrect in referring his speci- men to the species described by Agassiz. Mr. Norman has accordingly re-named Barrett’s specimen, or rather corrected his name, for the specimen cannot be found. Two species obtained in 1863, viz., Ophiwra squamosa and Echinus Dribachiensis, were not taken during the present year, although we dredged the localities in which they were previ- ously found, at least so far as we could judge. In the case of the latter species this is the more remarkable, as it was taken in great numbers at a spot near the Fern Islands, which afforded capital landmarks. The Ophiura being rare, and only obtained several miles from land in deep water, there was much greater difficulty in determining the actual spot. These are instances of the uncertainty of dredging, even when weather and sea are favourable. Six species have been added to our local Fauna, viz., Stichaster roseus, Echinus Drébachensis, E. pictus, Echinocardium pennati- jidum, Thyonidium hyalinum, and Thyone flecus, certainly a satis- factory result. The arrangement and nomenclature here adopted is that re- cently proposed by the Rev. A. M. Norman,* which meets a want long felt by British naturalists, who have hitherto been far behind continental authors in their classification of these animals. I therefore considered it advisable to adopt his system in this the final dredging list, more especially as it will be used in my Cata- logue of the Echinodermata of our district. I would also take this opportunity of recording my obligations to Mr. Norman for much valuable assistance, more especially in examining the doubt- ful specimens of Holothuria, when he pointed out the distinct characters of Thyone flecus now described for the first time. * Qn the Genera and Species of British Echinodermata, by the Rey. A. M. Norman, M.A. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, February, 1865. 44 DREDGING REPORTS. Thyone flexus, Hodge. Pl. X, figs. 2-14. Body about five times as long as thick, very slightly tapering towards the hinder part; feet very numerous, thickly covering the entire animal with the exception of a small space near the anterior end. Length barely one inch, and about 33;ths of an inch thick. Colour light dusky brown, the anterior end being of a lighter hue. Body spicules (or plates) of varymg forms and dimensions ; perforations round or slightly oval; on their first formation four such perforations are arranged round two nodules, which, when viewed sideways, are seen to be two stalks meeting at the top and terminating in several minute points; in some cases, that of large plates, three of these ‘‘nodules’’ are present. The prevail- ing shape of the plates nearly square, with eight perforations. This form is however soon lost in the further growth of the plate, which seldom again presents any regular outline. Feet spicules much curved, the convex or upper part being produced into two stalks meeting at the tips, and having a triangular opening be- tween them. Each foot furnished with a plate at the extremity, nregular in outline, with numerous irregular perforations, the larger being concentrically arranged. 1862. 1863. 1864. 1 Wings 1 is 5 z a ri a z g E z g REMARKS. ae |" iz") 4a |2°| A Antedon rosaceus, Linck ar hoa ss Rare. Ophiothrix fragilis, Miller..| * | * ales * | Very common. Amphiura filiformis, did/er) .. | * | * | * | * | * | Frequent. ChiayeieHondes\en)|sereleer nein |) ale eauher nares Bally Ahompsom| sa |) ee) * ee Sa Veryitrequent: Ophiocoma nigra, Miller ..| .. | .. | * * Partial in distri- : bution. Ophiopholis aculeata, Miller) .. | * | * | * | * | * # Rather rare. Ophiura lacertosa, Pennant..| .. | * | * | * | * | * | Frequent in deep water. albida, ores...) * | * 1} * | * i 4 I Vieryicommon: EMA, LOLA coviell ao || |) * | * | Common. squamosa, Luthen..| .. | .. | * ws. Rare. Astropecten irregularis, Pen.| * Sal eel eirequent. Luidia Sarsii, Diben § Koren| * Se se eo al chathermares Solaster papposus, Linneus..| * 2 * | * | Frequent. MR. ALDER ON THE ZOOPHYTES. 186 1863 1864 Ed She Ee REMARKS. 23/82/22) 2 |e: gale" [22/4 [24 Solaster endeca, Linneus bc ate Be | Frequent. Cribrella sanguinolenta, Ifii/.| * = * | .. | Frequent. Stichaster roseus, Miller e . | Very rare. Asterias Miilleri, Sars...... e ae ae . | Rare. rubens, Linneus ie * a | Very common. Echinus esculentus, Linneus| * * * . | Common. miliaris, Gmelin ta * *k | Common. pictus, Vorman....| .- My eS | Frequent. Drébachiensis, Mii.) * He . | Abundant in- side Fern Is- | lands. Kchinocyamus pusillus, Jil.) * a * _ | Abundant. Spatangus purpureus, Miiller| * * ee | Frequent. Brissopsis lyrifera, Forbes ..| * - | Frequent in : | deep water. Kehinocardium cordatum, | Rather rare in Pennant .... depths dredg- u ed. ovatum, Zes....... = oe * | Very common. pennatifidum, Nor. - . | Very rare. Cucumaria elongata, D. ¢ XK) .. * . | Rather rare. lactea, For.& Good.\ * * Rather rare. Thyonidium hyalinum, Forbes} * os Rare. commune, /.§G.| .. ‘ | Rare. Thyone fusus, Miller ...... 5 te # | Frequent. raphanus, D. § H...| .. ce ‘ . | Rather rare. flexus, Hodge...... oh * } Rare. Psolus phantopus, Linneus..| * ae | Rare. squamatus, Koren .. ee . | Rare. 21 8 | 21 f dl ——__>" |_| rr | SY 27 27 32 Report on the Zoophytes, by Joshua Alder. The Zoophytes dredged during these excursions were, upon the whole, good, and in considerable abundance, especially those got in the last year’s dredgings on the Northumberland coast. Several fine examples of Sertularia fusca were then obtained. This interesting and local species, hitherto considered rare, proves to be more abundant on our coast than was at first expected. The rare and beautiful Pluwnularia myriophyllum was got in this locality for the first time, as was also the Tubiclava cornucopia, a 46 DREDGING REPORTS. species lately discovered by Mr. Norman in Shetland, and de- scribed by him in the ‘‘Annals of Natural History” for January, 1864. It was found on the posterior end of a Dentalium entalis, which appears to be its favourite habitat. A single specimen of Halecium labrosum was also met with. This species, first de- scribed by me from a specimen got on this coast, has since been obtained by Mr. Peach at Wick. It is probably a northern form. The delicate little Halecium tenellum, met with in the expedition of 1862, did not occur in the later dredgings. Plumularia pin- nata was very fine and abundant. : A beautiful new Medusa, got in 1862, is described in the pre- sent volume by Mr. Norman. Turning to the Polyzoa, we find Serupocellaria Delilii recorded - for the first time as British in the dredging list for 1863. I had observed it previously, and have since published a description of it in the ‘‘ Microscopical Journal’’ for April, 1864.* Tubulipora lobulata, Hippothoa divaricata, Membranipora imébellis, and Lepralia annulata are likewise additions to our local Fauna; the latter a rare and beautiful species. Bugula fastigiata, obtained sparingly in the first expedition, was found to be more plentiful in the last. 2B. Murrayana was also plentiful. These are the most characteristic northern forms of the genus. A specimen of what appears to be a variety of EHschara Skenet, got in the last dredgings, is much more broadly foliaceous than is usual in that species, and may possibly be the Hschara cribraria of Johnston. This latter is still involved in some obscurity ; but broadly expanded specimens which I have obtained from the deep-water boats on this coast, in a similar worn state to Dr. Johnston’s type in the British Museum, favour the supposition of its being a variety of #. Skene. The Cellepora dichotoma, lately described by Mr. Hincks, proves to be equally common on our coast with C. ramulosa, with which it had formerly been confounded. The same may be said of C. avicularis, Hincks, as compared with C. pumicosa. A single example of Cellepora Hassallii was got encrusting the stem of Pla- mularia faleata: this has usually been considered a littoral species. * See also page 63 of this volume. ~I MR. ALDER ON THE ZOOPHYTES. 4 The numbers of the different classes obtained were :— 1BOIM AOE iene euren sorigenennne be 53 Edn O70200se5-e Seitad See 57 MCLINOZ08e. iach hate aa 10 ‘ 120 Many of the best species met with are known to be northern forms, but the published lists of species in these, classes are so incomplete that it would be very unsatisfactory to attempt a numerical comparison. The flexible Zoophytes, from their perishable nature, are not often preserved in a fossil state. The calcareous species indeed oceur, but generally mutilated and imperfect. Ten species only of the 53 Polyzoa dredged are found fossil in the Crag. The ealeareous Actinozoa are abundant in a fossil state; but none of that division of the class are inhabitants of our coast. ZOOPHYTES. POLYZOA. 186 1863 1864 Es fec| € | 8s| & REMARKS. ais esi | es) fest BI Ge aH Ho my Ss f aa 3 zo lz2| A fz2| A Salicornaria farciminoides, i SONS Hides a ce Bits ick Pe legealte tees sinuosa, Hass/.| .. ih Pe lee feRares Cellularia Peachii, Busk..... * sa . | * | * | Not uncommon. Menipea ternata, Hilis & Sol.| .. ee ot Sel Scrupocellaria scruposa, Lin.| * * | * | * | Common. Delilii, Aud. . * * | Rare. Hippothoa divaricata, Lamz.| .. et Gemellaria loricata, Zinn. ..| * * | * | * | Common in the last dredging. Bugula flabellata, ZV. Thom.) . e elds avicularia, Pall. .... x Ee Murrayana, Bean. . | * * 7 * | * 4 Not uncommon. fastigiata, Fad. oS 2G * | * 4 Not uncommon. Flustra foliacea, Linn....... es * ale ee truncata, Linn. ....| * * | * | Common in the | last dredging. Carbasea papyrea, Pallas ..| * ne ee Membranipora pilosa, Pall...| * * eee er Flemingii, Busk.| * elas rostrata, 4/d.m.s. (Flemingii, var. 48 Membranipora Lacroixii, Aw. Pouilletii, Aud. craticula, Alder unicornis, Flen. (GW) ssc imbellis, Hincks Lepralia auriculata, Hassall concinna, Busk. .. trispinosa, Johns... linearis, Hassall . coccinea, Abildg... ciliata, Pallas .... annulata, Fabr. .. Peachii, Johns. .. punctata, Hass. ventricosa, Hass... Malusii, Aud. .... Cellepora pumicosa, Linn. .. avicularis, Hincks. Hassallii, Johns. .. ramulosa, Linn. dichotoma, Hincks. Eschara skenei, Eidis & Sol... Tubulipora patina, Linn. .. hispida, Flem. .. lobulata, Hass... flabellaris, adr. serpens, Linn. .. Alecto major, Johns. dilatans, Johns....... Crisia ecburnea, Linm. ...... Crisidia cornuta, Linn. Aleyonidium gelatinosum, tH on aa 06 parasiticum, em. mammillatum,A/d. Pedicellina echinata, Sars .. see ee Tubiclava cornucopiz, Norm. Hydractinia echinata, Flem. areolata, Alder. Atractylis minutus, 4//m. (2) 18 1863 I 4 55 Js de ds Senn S aurel 58 Be Ze pam) * * * * ee * . ee * * * oe * oes * * ee * * * * * oo we * # * ee * * . # d * HYDROZOA. * # DREDGING REPORTS. Durham. Northum- = ez) ler) e berland. * % * REMARKS. | Rare. | Not uncommon. | Common. | Two specimens. | Common. | In the first dredgings re- garded as a variety of C. pumicosa. | Common. | Common. One specimen on Dentaliwm entalis. One specimen on Natica Al- deri. MR. ALDER ON THE ZOOPHYTES. 1862. | 1863. | A BR) aes aga] Hu ais) 8 jas 68|Salss| 2 les 7alAlso!1AQ | 7,2 Atractylis ——— (?) ..... | * i ibe Bare Bee? Eudendrium rameum, Paillas.| * | .. | .. x capillare, Alder.) * | .. | .. ope: ey Oe] pce | La] = Tubularia indivisa, Zinn. ..| * lia Ni eravenlis,, JER ool! || oo || 8 i eel) ee leyeyaabse, JENS) Gon pl) oc |) oo |} ts simplex, Alder ..| * | .. . oli gigantea, Lamz...| * eNO o thoon Halecium halecmum, Aldis..) * | * # * | * | * Beanii, Johns.....| * a eee ss labrosum, Alder. . agit ao muricatum, LHilis.| * ae tenellum, Hincks.| * aise lhesetl (lene Sertularia polyzonias, Linn.) * | .. f * | * 4 * AiCuspldatayeAld. eet a herrea meAl/er inne mate | ance Wat oy canti is Canal Jos Baga) 56 \\ soe post fee TORO SLUMS aoc || |b see ye he TOROS ILS ool Se leaned) at In | pinaster, HllisG§S.) * | * Free ae fallax, Johns.....| .. , VERNA), JON ol) I) ae || Wan |e AI ION, JEW. ol NN ee ee eID, SUGGS Bs ea BG |e argentea, H. & S.| * rei Hi Soehiel alee a [Bac fusca, Johns. ....\ * 8 a) ee Thuiaria thuia, Linn. ...... a 6 | seal Bee | [ee Antennularia antennina, Lin.| * airs ae mnnose, Jbajoc)| “2 Won Noe | |p Elumularia falcata sion | ei et myrophyllum, im) 2.) 0. f.. |).. | * jorabaeNiel, JEW. coool) ao mee] fee Nees |e REICH JUSS 6 aa call 6 db | (te rai) eee Catharina, Johns...) *) | * fe) | * 1 * frutescens, #, & Sol.) * | . edlcaisrotal (kee Laomedea longissima, Pallas.) * | .. | * | .. | * dichotoma,Zinn...| .. oid | |e ct [ale geniculata, Linmn.| * | .. f.. | . i. Campanularia volubilis, Zen.) * | * | * | * | * 1864. Durham. Several | on 49 REMARKS, | A small species not made out. 1 Common. | Perhaps a var. of T. indivisa. | Frequently par- asitical on last. | One specimen. } Rare. | Rare. | Rare. | Not uncommon in the dredg- ing of 1864. | Common. speci- mens in 1864, } Common. | Very common. | One specimen. 1 On Antennula- ria ramosa. | Rare. | Rather common. On Flustra fo- liacea. Sertularia abietina & Plu- mularta fal- cata. E 50 DREDGING REPORTS. 186 1 1 a 1 Hs Ed dz] a ao] REMARKS. aS eal ates] 4 gs 88) 4 |82| 4 Campanularia Johnstoni, Al.) * * | * | * | * | Common. raridentata, A4/d.| * a Hincksii, Alder.) .. fae | ee verticillata .... 2 i Lafoea (Calycella) dumosa, LEDS 60 * les * | * fruticosa, Sars ) (gracillima, : * Alder) ....3 Calycella syringa, Linn..... * Eos lacerata, Johns. o0 * humilis, Hincks ..| * Be ® Reticularia serpens, Hassall.) * * | * - * | * | Common. Coppinia arcta, Dalyell ....| .. Beh es |] eS Cyanea capellata, Linn. ... | * : A imporeata, Vorman..| * .. | A new species. ACTINOZOA. Bolocera Twedie, Johns.....)| .. | * Stomphia Churchiz, Gosse..| * x Tealia digitata, Muller ....) * | * Zoanthus Couchii, Joins, var. INCLUSEALUSAUSAZ Sie scorers) | lees * Pennatula phosphorea, Linn.) * | * Virgularia mirabilis, Zinn...| * Alcyonium digitatum, Linn.| * glomeratum (2) | * Wye ()) nadcaccocscsscs * * #! * + * Phellia gausapata, Gosse....| * | .. a6 za Pi s.ts . MR. H. B. BRADY ON THE FORAMINIFERA. ol ~ Report on the Foraminifera, by Henry B. Brady, F.L.S. Portions of the sand and mud from many of the localities at which the dredging was prosecuted, were brought home for examination with respect to the microzoa, chiefly Foraminifera, which they might contain. The material thus preserved varied both in quantity and character with the nature of the area dredged, and in 1863 was insufficient to yield very satisfactory results, besides being rough and gravelly, and unfavourable to the exist- ence of minute and delicate structures. This will account for the smaller number of species recorded for that year. Of the 112 specific and varietal forms of Foraminifera known to inhabit the British seas 70 will be found in the annexed list. Two of these, a thin-walled, large-pored Uvigerina, which has been named UW. irregularis, and a delicate Textularia, with the earlier chambers assuming a spiral mode of growth, named in the list Z. complexa, are hitherto undescribed. Detailed descriptions and figures of them are given in the ‘‘ Catalogue of the Recent Foraminifera of Northumberland and Durham,’’ which appears in the present volume. Three species, viz.: Zruncatulina reful- gens, Montfort; Spiroloculina excavata, D’Orb.; and Nonionina scapha, F. & M., are now for the first time recorded as British, though there is little doubt that the first two are widely dis- tributed on our coast. There are four other forms which are not noticed by Professor Williamson in his work on the British Recent Foraminifera, but which have since been added to our fauna on the strength of specimens taken off the Shetland Islands. These are, Lituola scorpiurus, Montfort (small and rare); Zagena distoma, P. & J. (frequent); Bagenerina digitata, D’Orb. (one or two broken specimens only); and Bolivina punctata, D’Orb. (a few feeble specimens). The even distribution of nearly all the British forms of Lagena on both the Northumberland and Durham coasts is a striking fact established by the results of these dredgings, and not less remark- able is the great abundance in certain limited areas of some pecu- liar species. We may instance the extraordinary number of specimens of Vaginalina linearis, Mont., found in Berwick Bay, a2 DREDGING REPORTS. and the prevalence of Polymorphina tubulosa, D’Orb., at a few spots on the Northumberland coast. The following is the list of the species taken in the various excursions :-— SuB-kINcDoM, PROTOZOA. Crass, RHIZOPODA. OrpeR, RETICULARIA. (FORAMINIFERA. ) 1862. 1863. 1864. =i} tH gies | # SASS Mae WR ISB) 2 ran Paroeal ato i) || (eas irs Cornuspiva, Schultze. foliacea, Phillippi Ms Biloculina, D’ Ord. Tingens, Maher .--42.\) * be 2 elongata, D’ Orb. ...... = a = i depressa, D’ Orb. ..... ea be : 2 Spiroloculina, D’ Ord. Ibben oI, JOPOMA ooncan a ei +3 planulata, Lamk.......| .. oF ne excavata, D’ Orb. ...... es Triloculina, D’ Ord. trivonulas Hamer inn te ee i : oblonga, MWontagu.... - : Quinqueloculina, D’ 07d. seminulum, Zinn. ....| * “e ~ Hs * looms, > & deoscoccl| so s secans, D’Orb. ........ aft = Ferussacil, D’Ovb. ....| * Lituola, Zamh. scorpiurus, Montfort ..| .. a Ne i S Canariensis, D’Ord.....| * <2 “ Valvulina, D’ Ord. Austriaca, D’Orb....... ce * Lagena, Walker. eileen, WWE Od oncoos * cr 2 “ * levis, Montagu........ ie a - eS striata, Montagu ...... ” i ss a ae semistriata, Will....... ms : es ee globosa, Montagu......| * “2 ne ae marginata, Montagu....| * ms 5d squamosa, Montagu....| * 2 2 9 s NEO JOY ORD caoganas ce a Sis caudata, D’Orb. ...... * a * distoma, P)&Js*. 25... * * MR. H. B. BRADY ON THE FORAMINIFERA. 1863. Northum- berland. Northum- berland, Durham. | Northum- Nodosaria, Lamk. longicauda, D’ Orb. .... jw, JOON coacao. Dentalina, D’ Ord. communis, D’ Ord. Vaginulina, D’ Ord. legumen, Linn......... linearis, Montagu...... Cristellaria, Lamk. rotulata, Lamk. ...0.. erepidula, #. &§ UM. .... Polymorphina, D’ Orb. elctea.. Hi Gi See. soe compressa, D’ Orb. tubulosa, D’Ord. ...... Uvigerina, D’ Ord. angulosa, Will......... irregularis, nov. spec. Orbulina, D’ Ord. universa, D’ Orb. ...... Globigerina, D’ Ord. bulloides, D’Ord...... Textularia, Defrance. variabilis, Will. ...... ec pygmea, D’Orb. ...... 3 sagittula, Defrance ....| * Erochusy DOr) (sis a * complexa, nov. spec..... Bigenerina, D’ Ord. digitata, D)Orb. ...... Verneuilina, D’ Orb. polystropha, Reuss. .... Bulimina, D’ Ord. pupoides, D’Orb. ...... z marginata, DOrb. ....| * aculeata, D’Ord. ...... ae Oven, JOD, cocoon oc elegantissima, D’Ord...| * Virgulina, D’ Ord. Schreibersii, Ozjzek..... # Bolivina, D’ Ord. punctata, D’Ord. ...... Cassidulina, D’ Ord. levigata, D’Orb. ...... : Crassas Di OrO. a. sels 2 Discorbina, P. & J. globularis, D’Oré. ....| * rosacea, D’Orb......... af Planorbulina, D’ Ord. Mediterranensis, D’Orb.| * * Ke * * * * * berland. | | | | 54 DREDGING REPORTS. 1862. 1863. | 1864. ' 3 He so | 3 g od =} o =} 5 ge | | ce |e | ee le Truncatulina, D’ Ord. leat lobatula, Walker .....| * ae) New ta * 3 refulgens, Montfort....| «- 58) |); coe * Rotalia, Lamk. Becearii, Linn......... Z i 2 * iano, LS soandoduaal 06 Patellina, 7/771. corrugata, Will. ...... Polystomella, Lamk. CLISWA, PLU a elh nial ee ake striato-punctata, Ff. ¢ I. Nonionina, D’ Ord. buveaGky UE soonaad oll a umbilicatula, Montagu..| .. As depressula, W.&J.....| * Remon Ji GPE sconell 36 * *I * * 5 Se ae OG foe as ees ee eae | ats cae * ik TABULAR SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING REPORTS. Tue following table shows the results of the three years’ dredging in the number of new and locally new species obtained, from which it appears that the number of species in all classes thus added to our local Fauna is 106, of which 80 are new to science, and 19 are now for the first time recorded as inhabitants of Britain. The Foraminifera had previously to these dredgings received so little attention, that almost all the species may be called new to the district. eas New to New to | New to this aoa Science. Britain. District. Cephalopodaseseeeeseees Mee Neha lt, 35:25. AV yal] Semysenees 1 Gasteropodaree eee eee SA Mimnor AIS te pe aeeos 1 4 Lamellibranchiata ............ : Ore | ally. Gossceece bpd CoN eoeeecue nT Laces LUGE, ce sosensposannoncasante LS ere ht) cece tin, ST oa ee ee 1 Podophthalma.........:........ 44 Bi OV gees eae 9 Amphipodagescsare escent: 53 5 1 24 lsopodaeesees eee nas 8 Rh 5 lect sae 1 Entomostraca . 20 34 9 7 5 Cirripedia .... 9 4 2 2 Pycnogonoidea. ta 10 2 OF Ay el tigntaneesees Crinoidea ek een ee ae My Sh | eee AStErOldeayscnsearsetsessacccee lem LO) Whe All) ah eel |r atl ieee |e ee Mechinoideay .s sesessesceessen |e ae O. We aide Won CLE a tease Holothuroideaes. rete |G eae O mt ce eS] ae ee len eee POV ZO 8). te as eo cect ee tcl en nto Sonam Witenes eg iy drozoa gi siiesscn ger iosse reroll in een wee Ne || Getafe ea | ACtinOZOn eee Pe ne! te ee ee nt nea sa mde bike Oram inifera —iss.5ococseue |e sells ae eT O ce eee | Se yeaa ena | ee | ee | eS by = a9 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. = PLATE I. Catanus Crausi, G. S. Brady. Calanus Clausii, x 40. Superior antenna of female, x 85. 5 on male, x 86. Inferior antenna, x 120. Lower foot-jaw, x 120. Foot of fourth pair, x 120. Left foot of fifth pair (male), x 120. Right ,, %) Af « 120. Abdomen of female (first two segments) with spermatophore attached, x 85. Abdomen of male, x 84. Fifth pair of feet of the immature male, x 210. Cetochilus septentrionalis, terminal spines of fourth swimming foot, x 210. Calanus Clausii, s a Dias longiremis, - ‘i Temora Finmarchieca, a re ” velox, 19 FS Ichthyophorba hamata, - Be Anomalocera Patersonii, i 7 Pontellina brevicornis, ms 3 PLATE II. TEMORA FINMARCHICA, Gunner. Male animal, x 40. Right antenna of male, x 85. Superior antenna of female, x 84. Inferior antenna, x 85. Third foot-jaw, x 86. Foot of fourth pair, x 85. Caudal segments, x 85. Left fifth foot of male, x 85. Right Re ek Be Fifth foot of female, x 210. Dias toneiremis, Lilljeborg. Left superior antenna of male, x 100. Right ” ” ” x 70. INS PROS OR ON 210. 250. 210. 210. 210. 210. 210. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 16. Fig. 16. Fig. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. ii, iil. Bic ele Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Iie, | Y)- Fig. 10. Fig. 11 Fig. 12 Fig. 13. Fig. 1. igs e2. DREDGING REPORTS. Superior antenna of female, x 100. Inferior antenna, x 120. Foot of fourth pair, x 120. Abdomen and tail sete, x 85. Fifth foot of female, x 210. Fifth pair of feet of male, x 210. PLATE III. TEMORA VELOX, Lilljeborg. Male animal, x 50. Right superior antenna of male, x 88. Superior antenna of female, x 85. Inferior antenna, x 120. Mandible, x 120. Lower foot-jaw, x 210. Foot of first pair, x 120. Foot of fourth pair, x 120. Foot of fifth pair, x 120. Fifth-pair of feet of male, x 210. Abdomen, x 85. PLATE IV. IcHTHYOPHORBA DENTICORNIS, Claus. Male animal, dorsal view, x 40. Right superior antenna of male, x 85. Extremity of left superior antenna of male, x 85. Inferior antenna, x 86. Right fifth foot of male, x 50. Foot of fifth pair of female, x 85. IcHTHYOPHORBA HAMATA, Lilljeborg. Right superior antenna of male, x 85. Lower foot-jaw, x 85. Foot of first pair, x 89. Right fifth foot of male, x 88. CETOCHILUS SEPTENTRIONALIS, Goodsi. Extremity of superior antenna (after Claus). Basal joints of fifth pair of feet (after Claus). PLEOPIS POLYPHEMOIDES, Leuchart. Lateral view of animal, x 60. PLATE Y. Cythere simplex, Norman ; right valve, x 40. ) ” > seen from above, x 40. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Fig. 3. Cythere simplex, Norman ; seen from below, x 40. Fig. 4 i i 5 end view, x 40. Fig. 5. Cythere Bradii, Norman; left valve, x 40. Fig. 6. * a6 seen from above, x 40. Fig. 7 5 of - seen from below, x 40. Fig. 8 1% BP 5 end view, x 40. Fig. 9. Cythere declivis, Norman; left valve, x 40. Fig. 10. ss Fs 3 seen from above, x 40. Big. 11. i 55 3 seen from below, x 40. Fig. 12. 9 - x end view, x 40. Fig. 18. Cythere levata, Norman ; left valve, x 40. Fig. 14, 5 i ye seen from above, x 40. Fig. 15 45 i i seen from below, x 40. Fig. 16. 3 5 4s end view, x 40. Fig. 17. Cythere cellulosa, Norman ; left valve, x 40. Fig. 18. . nf a seen from above, x 40. Fig. 19. os x 5 seen from below, x 40. Fig. 20. a 53 re end view, x 40. PLATE VI. Fig. 1. Cythereiz limicola, Norman ; left valve, x 50. Fig. 2. uA Ns be seen from above, x 450. Fig. 3. “3 95 5 seen from below, x 50. Big. 4. 5 ob 3 end view, x 40. Fig. 5, Cythere latissima, Norman; right valve, x 50. Fig. 6. Fr s 5 seen from above, x 450. Fig. 7. 5 e 5 seen from below, x 50. Fig. 8. os 4 3 end view, x 50. Fig. 9. Cythere guttata, Norman; left valve, x 50. Fig. 10. , Fe i seen from above, x 40. Fig. 11 %; 3 ‘3 seen from below, x 50. Fig. 12 5 % 3 end view, x 80. Fig. 13. Cythere multifora, Norman; left valve, x 50. Fig. 14 5 a seen from above, x 450. Fig. 15 i$ fs i seen from below, x 950. Fig. 16 & He i end view, x 900. Fig. 17. Cythere cellulosa, Norman ; left valve, x 85. PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Cythereis Dunelmensis, Norman; left valve, x 40. Fig. 2. FS rn x seen from above, x 40. Big (3s 5 ‘ es seen from below, x 40. Fig, 4. - vs 3; end view, x 40. 58 REV. A. M. NORMAN ON CYANEA IMPORCATA. Fig. 5. Cythereis Jonesii, Baird; right valve, x 40. Fig. 6. i + seen from above, x 40. 1S fp H ° + seen from below, x 40. Fig. 8. 39 ss bn end view, x 40. Fig. 9. Unciola planipes, Norman; first gnathopod, seen from one side, x 40. Fig. 10. 53 x first gnathopod, seen obliquely from above, x 40. Fig. 11. 3 -s = second gnathopod, x 40. Fig. 12. es * 4 pleon, seen from above, showing telson and uropods, x 40. Fig. 13. 9 5 9 last uropod, x 40. Fig. 14. Cheirocratus mantis, Norman ; first gnathopod, x 16. Fig. 15. 5 i 3 second gnathopod, x 16. PLATE X. Tphep, 12 Nymphon rubrum, Hodge. Fig. 2. Thyone flexus, Hodge ; slightly enlarged. Figs. 3-9. 3 », body spicules viewed flat and sideways. ier, AO, il, », body spicules in course of formation. Figs. 12,13. ,, », foot spicules (from sides of foot). Fig. 14 5 » terminal plate of foot (or sucking disc). (Figures 8-14 magnified 200 diameters.) : Ti — On Cyanea imporeata, an undescribed Medusa taken off the Northumberland Coast. By the Ry. Atrrep Murrtz Norman, M.A. (Plate X1.) Durtne the first dredging expedition, undertaken under the aus- pices of the British Association, in 1862, a very fine and strikingly beautiful Medusa was taken between seventy and eighty miles off Tynemouth, as the steamer was returning from the Dogger Bank. As far as I can ascertain it would seem to be an unde- scribed species, and referable to the genus Cyanea, though the tentacles remained very short during the time it was kept alive in a bucket of water, and showed no signs of the extreme exten- sibility which is generally so marked a feature in this genus. Mr. Tuffen West, who was one of the party on board, made the REV.: A. M. NORMAN ON CYANEA IMPORCATA. 59 drawing from the living animal, from which the plate which illustrates this paper has now been engraved, and the notes which form the basis of the following description were at the same time taken by myself. Cuass. HYDROZOA. OrpER. DISCOPHORAL. Agassiz. Fam. CYANEIDA. Agassiz. Genus. CYANHA, Peron. Cyanea imporcata, n. sp. Pl. XI. The hydrosoma is inverted cup-shaped, moderately convex, about four and a half inches im diameter, tinged with deeper and paler shades of indigo blue, the colour being disposed as will be presently described. The margin is divided into eight principal lobes, each of which is again subdivided into four lesser lobes, so that the whole circumference of the hydrosoma is festooned in thirty-two lobes. The disk is elevated into sixteen radiating ridges, with as many intermediate furrows. A radiating canal (?) of an intenser blue than the rest of the hydrosoma passes down the centre of each of the ridges, and gives forth numerous obliquely divaricating secondary canals (?) which pass down the slopes of the ridge on either side towards the furrows. The radiating ribs and their canals terminate at the margin in the ereater sinuses and in the central sinuses of the greater lobes. Each furrow on the other hand is traversed by a white line and terminates in a lateral sinus of the greater lobes. The obliquely divaricating transverse branches which proceed from the blue and elevated canals and pass down the slopes of the ridges to near the base of the furrows are likewise to be recognized by the deeper tint of blue which marks their course. There are no tentacles on the margin, but, situated on the under surface of the hydrosoma, at a short distance within the margin of each of the principal sinuses, there is seen a semicircle of about. forty crowded, simple tentacles, of a yellow colour. These tentacles are so short, that they scarcely appear below the 60 MR. ALDER ON NEW POLYZOA. margin of the disk. ‘The horns of the semicircle of tentacles point outwards. The lithocysts are eight in number, one of which is situated a short distance within the margin of each of the central sinuses of the greater lobes. The oral appendages are greatly developed and assume the form of four large many-folded ochreous yellow curtains, exqui- sitely margined with a short and finely cut frmge. The length of the curtains is somewhat greater than their united breadth, as they hang suspended beneath the hydrosoma. The ovaries are dull reddish brown. The Cyancea here described is preserved in fluid in the Museum of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-on-Tyne. II1.—Deseriptions of three new or imperfectly known Polyzoa, found on the Coasts of Northumberland and Durham. By Josuva AupEr. (Plate VIII.) Tue descriptions of the following species of Polyzoa are extracted from a paper read at the meeting of the British. Association in Neweastle, and afterwards published in the ‘‘ Journal of Micro- scopical Science.’”? They have been considered of sufficient local interest to admit of their introduction here. . Fam. ESCHARIDA, Bush. Escnara Lanpssorovu, Johnston. Pl. VIII, figs. 1-8. Polyzoary consisting of very thin and delicate foliaceous plates, anastomosing irregularly, and undulating on the upper margin, which is a little expanded. Cells in longitudinal rows, placed alternately or in quincunx. They are oblong, thin, and per- forated with large punctures. Apertures with the margin slightly raised, nearly circular above, and produced into a point below, where there is a small, slightly prominent, circular avicularium, MR. ALDER ON NEW POLYZOA. 61 behind which is a truncated denticle. Ovicells prominent, glo- bose, *or ovate, silvery and perforated, produced below into a raised margin surrounding the mouth of the cell, and giving it a triangular form. A rather large, spatulate avicularium is seen in some cells, placed transversely by the side of an ovicell, and raised a little from the surface (fig. 3). The two layers of cells are separable. Height two inches; breadth about two and a half inches. Lepratia Landsborovu, Johns., Brit. Zooph., p. 310, T. 54, fig. 9; Busk, Catal., p. 66, T. 86, fig. 1, and T. 102, fig. 1; Hincks, in Jour. Micros. Sc., Vol. VIII, p. 277 (young state). Eschara foliacea, Alder, in Trans. Tynes. Club, Vol. IIT, p. 161. This delicate and fragile species was obtained some time ago on the north coast of Northumberland, by Mr. Embleton, of Beadnel Cottage, but was passed over at the time of the publica- tion of my ‘‘ Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham,” as a variety of E. foliacea. A second and more care- ful examination, however, convinced me that it was a distinct and very characteristic species, hitherto undescribed as an Eschara, but not entirely unknown to science, as the L. Landsboroyii of Johnston turns out to be an encrusting form of this species, which has not until now been seen.in its perfect state. Mr. Bean, however, has lately sent me a small specimen for examination, got at Scarborough, in which a double layer of cells rises to about an inch in height; and Mr. Norman has dredged a variety of this species in Guernsey, consisting of a single layer, assuming the ‘form of a hollow cylinder, with the edges slightly appressed at their junction. Mr. Hincks has also met with similar examples. It is rather singular that on this coast, where for the first time the species has been found in its perfect state, the Lepralian or rudimentary form is unknown. In its intermediate state this species has all the characters of the genus Hemeschara of Busk. At present, I am inclined to consider that genus as only a 62 MR. ALDER ON NEW POLYZOA. peculiar state of an Eschara, and which some species have more tendency to assume than others. . E. Landsborovii differs from most of the other members of the genus, in having the two layers of cells readily separable—a character that has been considered generic by some authors, but which does not appear to be of any great importance. Mr. Embleton has kindly presented his unique specimen to the Newcastle Museum. EscHARA PAVONELLA, Alder. Polyzowry foliaceous, yellowish, forming continuous flaleliform or undulating expansions, arising from an encrusting or clasping base. Cells oval or oblong, with large perforations generally radiating from the centre to the circumference. Apertures orbi- cular, large, with a thin plain margin, and a small mucro below, having a flattened and truncated apex. An oval avicularium on each side of the mouth. No ovicells have been observed. Height about an inch and a half; breadth variable, but generally exceed- ing the height. E. ertbraria, Busk, in Jour. Micros. Se., vol. IV, p. 311, TOS tes! en Oe Excellent figures of this beautiful species were given by Mr. Busk in the ‘‘ Microscopical Journal,’’ from specimens I had the pleasure of sending him from Newcastle a few years ago. That gentleman then considered it to be the #. erzbraria of Johnston, an opinion which now proves to be erroneous. I was first led to this conclusion from observing that Dr. Johnston mentions, in his account of E. cribraria,* haying had a fragment of another native species sent him from Scarborough by Mr. Bean, but too imperfect for description in so difficult a genus. Mr. Bean has favoured me with a sight of this fragment, which proves to belong to the present species, and which Dr. Johnston therefore evidently considered distinct from his E. cribraria. An examination of Dr. Johnston’s specimen of the latter species in the British Museum, lately made for me by Mr. Norman, confirms this opinion, and * «British Zoophytes,” 2nd Ed., p. 353. MR. ALDER ON NEW POLYZOA. 63 makes it necessary to give another name to the species now under consideration. E. pavonella, like the foregoing species, 1s sometimes found assuming all the three forms of a Lepralia, a Hemeschara, and an Eschara, according to the substance on which it is developed, often clasping the stems of zoophytes in a single layer before rising into a double foliaceous expansion. It is a deep-water species, only yet found on the north-east coast of England, rang- ing from Cullercoats to Scarborough, and extending eastward to the Dogger Bank. The specimens from which Professor Busk’s larger figures were taken are in the Newcastle Museum. Fam. CELLULARIADA, Bush. Scrupocertaria Dein, Audown. Pl. VIII, figs. 4-8. Polyzowry slender, shining, dichotomously branched, conspicu- ously jointed, the internodes containing from five to ten cells each. Cells ovate, narrowed below ; apertures oval, with smooth margins, bearing one stout spine (or sometimes two) on the upper and outer margins, and a smaller one on the inner margin. Oper- culum ovate, channelled with tubes, forming a lobated cavity. Marginal avicularia moderately prominent: there is also a tubu- lar or conical ayicularium in the centre, in front of each cell. Vibracular capsules (sinus of Busk) transversely wedge-shaped, stretching across the back of a cell and part of the adjoining one. Vibracula short, rising from the upper and outer angle of the capsule, below which is an aperture for one of the radical fibres, which are numerous, and scattered over the whole of the branches. Ovicells small, smooth, and imperforate. Height half an inch. Crisia Deliliz, Aud., in Savigny’s ‘‘ Egypt” (fide Busk). Cellularia serupea, Alder, in Trans. Tynes. Club, vol. ITI, Dwk4s: Scrupocellaria Delia, Busk, in Jour. Micros. Se., vol. VII, p. 65, T. 22, figs. 1, 2, 3. T obtained specimens of this delicate little Scrupocellaria a few 64 MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. years ago, from the deep-water fishing-boats on the Northumber- land coast, but did not at the time observe its distinctness from S. serupea, with which it agrees in having the cells operculated. It differs, however, in having an avicularium on the front of each cell, and in the peculiar shape of the vibracular capsule, which is transversely wedge-shaped, while in the other known species it is bilobed and erect. Another example of this species has lately been dredged on the Durham coast, by Mr. G. 8. Brady and Mr. Hodge. It appears to be a Mediterranean species, and has also been found in Madeira by Mr. J. Y. Johnson. This is the first notice of its occurrence on the British coast. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. Fig. 1. EHschara Landsborovii, natural size, from Mr. Embleton’s specimen in the Newcastle Museum. Fig. 2. A portion of the same, highly magnified. Fig. 3. Upper Lime- stone. ( FulwellFish- bed, con- taining spe- cies of Pa- leeoniscus & {_ Acrotepis. a. = : I ; i Pears Se ; Main |S veel Palceoniscus varians ......06 J —————— E Signs. || ie Tr = \ Mi Idle Li Saas p 8 ! 1d e ime= S| = hho nt i i stone. : Pe ote a a ie 5 “Il ll J Great ; Marl \ Bed. ——— | Dun Acrolepis «| ——— Swan alcwoniscus varians. SS er Lime- Reed-like Plant .........@ —— Bh Bee f b ————————— ANE ROLG DOS cocnococooncd. ea h0e50%0 7] Grey = | Stone. Paleoniscus VAriAans...... TOFOUG BOS docgg a 3000950000 Fish- Ulmannia selaginoides ... bed. 5 J Platysomus. Palceoniscus varians ...... ;~ Marl-Slate, Plants; ODSCULCisaceee seen containing Palconiscus, | Pygopterus, Ceelacanthus Platysomus & Acrolepis. ee a ee S Lower Red Sandstone. Timannia, SP. sessseeserseees —_———— J PALLONISCUS VAPIANS .....6005 A a Gyracanthus. T1117. Middle a Limestone. SS = MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. 69 The limestone of the fish-bed in the new quarry, Fulwell, ‘though difficult to describe in precise terms, on account of its lability to structural changes, is almost invariably laminated or slaty, the lamine usually showing repeated alternations of crystal- line, earthy, and compact textures. The crystalline lamine are generally grey or brown in colour, and the earthy and compact laminze of various shades of yellow. A band of soft and rather friable light yellow limestone runs through the centre of the bed. In some places the limestone of this bed becomes generally more highly crystalline and somewhat concretionary in character ; when this occurs, the plane surfaces are rough and more or less irregular. Otherwise the surfaces of the lamine are usually smooth, forming a fine matrix for the fossils they enclose. Ta the old quarry the bed decreases somewhat in thickness, is not so regularly laminated, and is softer and more earthy than in the new quarry. ; At Marsden, the limestone which has yielded me fish-remains is soft, yellow, and finely laminated, being, in fact, the well- known ‘flexible limestone” of geologists. In the fish-bed of the new quarry, and wherever else these fossils occur, the specimens almost invariably appear to have belonged to perfect individuals, or, at least, the dermoskeleton, fins, and bones of the head have been unimpaired up to the period of deposition, though instances of distortion by subsequent com- pression are not unfrequent. The specimens are found on the’ surfaces of the lamine, usually slightly in relief. They almost invariably retain the finely enamelled surface of the original ganoine, and are of a brown colour. Most of the examples found present a lateral view, with the dorsal, anal, and caudal fins out- spread, and with the trunk uncontorted; examples with the trunk bent upon itself, or what is usually termed contorted, are comparatively rare. Individuals showing the dorsal and ventral aspects occasionally occur. Besides the scales, cephalic bones, and fin-rays, the interspinous bones of the fines are sometimes preserved ; and very rarely traces of the vertebral processes. The specimens are sparingly distributed in the bed, occurring generally as isolated individuals; still, a pair of individuals, and 70 MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. sometimes more, are occasionally found together on a plane surface of a few square feet. Such instances, however, are exceptional ; and, notwithstanding that probably some hundreds of speci- mens have been found since their first discovery, they cannot be described as common, the quantity of specimens obtained being due rather to assiduous research than to their own abundance. Fully nine-tenths of the specimens found belong to a single species of Pale@oniscus. The remainder belong to two or probably three species of the same genus, and to a species of Acrolepis. All the Palgonisci are small, the largest of the forms being but little more than four inches in length. The Aerolepis seems to have attained a length of twelve inches. Associated with the fish-remains, there have also rarely oc- curred some fragments of plants. These, though very imperfectly preserved, appear to be referable to three species, one of which is a Calamites, two Ulmannia, and the fourth is a large reed-like form, the generic relations of which are difficult to determine from the discovered fragments. These are the only fossils that have been met with along with the fish. No traces of Mollusca occur with them, nor, as yet, of Entomostraca or other microzoa, though several representatives of these classes are pretty commonly dis- tributed in other parts of the Upper Limestone. It has already been remarked that the fossils are not altogether confined to the stratum designated the fish-bed; they are compa- -ratively most abundant in that zone, and it is almost only there where there is a probability of finding them by personal search, their occurrence on other horizons being so rare as nearly always — to be the result of accidental observation rather than the reward of direct investigation. Still, as they do occur at other horizons, it is important that we should place on record all that is known of their vertical range. Commencing from below, the fossils first appear in the soft laminated marls at the base of the Upper Limestone, at the point marked A in fig. 1; from this horizon two imperfectly preserved examples of the common form, Palgoniscus varians, have been obtained. In the slaty argillaceous limestone immediately over- lying the last-named bed, and marked B in the section, a single MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. 7A specimen of Ulmannia, sp. indet., has been met with; and in the soft yellow limestone, marked C in the section, about five or six feet higher in the series, several obscure fragments of vegetables have occurred. In the concretionary and lamino-concretionary beds marked D, lying between the last-named stratum and the fish-bed, several imperfect specimens of P. varians have been observed, and more particularly on the uppermost surface-plane on which the fish-bed rests, where, besides P. vartans, there have occurred specimens of Acrolepis. In the fish-bed proper have been obtained the four Paleonisci, namely, P. varians, P. altus, P. Abbsii, and P. angustus? the Acrolepis, and Calamites arena- ceus? and Ulmannia selaginoides. In the laminated beds overlying the fish-bed, and marked E in the section, Acrolepis has occurred, as it has also in the upper part of the grey stone about the horizon marked F. At or about the level marked G was also found the large reed-like plant. At certain horizons of the Dun Stone, marked H and I in the section, examples of Acrolepis, Ulmannia, and Pal@oniscus varians have occurred in the order indicated in the section. And, lastly, a single badly preserved, though de- terminable, specimen of P. varians im the Main or Honeycomb Limestone, at the point marked J—this being the highest horizon at which traces of fish or any other fossils have as yet been met with at Fulwell. The space between the highest and lowest points of occurrence is about 54 feet; and, according to our present knowledge, that represents the vertical range of this small group of species. To take a more comprehensive view of the position of these fish-bearing strata in the Permian formation, it may be observed that they are situated about 150 feet from the top of the Upper Limestone. In the north of Durham this member is the highest in the series; but in Yorkshire its equivalent subdivision (Bro- therton Beds and Red Marls and Gypsum) is overlaid by some marls and red sandstone of no great thickness, which some geologists refer to the Permian formation. Assuming that these latter deposits are thus rightly classified, the fish-bearing beds will not be more than 200 feet, probably less, from the YD MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. Trias.* On the other hand, they are separated from the Coal- measures by the Middle and Lower Limestones, Marl-slate, and Lower Red Sandstone, which represent an ageregate thickness of 460 feet. Previous to their discovery, the highest authenticated horizon on record for the occurrence of fish in the Permian series of Durham was the inferior beds of the Lower Limestone,}+ which had yielded a single specimen of Platysomus striatus—the Marl- slate, however, being their chief and almost only horizon. The discovery of the Fulwell fish has, therefore, carried the Permian Vertebrata from the lower beds of the Durham series high into the upper and near enough to the Trias to give to their occur- rence, perhaps, more than usual interest. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES. Crass. PISCEHS. OrperR. GANOIDEI. Fam. 1. SAUROIDEI. ACROLEPIS, Sp. A. Sedgwick, Ag. Kirkby, Annals of Nat. Hist., 8rd Series, vol. IX, p, 269. About a dozen, or probably rather more, specimens of an Acro- lepis have occurred, which may possibly belong to one of the forms of this genus already described from Permian rocks. AII the specimens, with one exception, are fragments. The perfect specimen belongs to an individual about ten inches long; but I possess a fragment that has evidently belonged to an individual of a foot or more in length. The maximum height of the ten-inch specimen is between the pectoral and ventral fins, and measures 12 inch. ‘The head is * In some parts of Durham there are more than 200 feet of Permian strata above the Fulwell fish bed, the Upper Limestone being subject to considerable variation in thickness. On the coast of Durham, for instance, between Sunderland and Marsden Bay, the Upper Limestone is over 400 feet in thickness. + I have now a small undescribed fin-spine of a cartilaginous fish from the Middle Limestone of Tunstall Hill, MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. 13 +e inches long, or nearly one-third of the length of the body. The anterior portion of the body is of a pretty uniform width, but from the ventral fins to the caudal it gradually attenuates to 2inch. The tail is strongly heterocercal. The fins are large. The dorsal is 5 inches from the snout, and, though placed between the anal and ventvrals, is partly over the latter ; the ventrals are about 44 inches from the snout; the anal is 7 inches from the snout. The rays of the ventral fins are stout, and consist of twenty-three or twenty-four rays, which bifurcate twice in the terminal third of their length; their artic- ulations, judging from the scales covering them, are short com- pared with their width, and irregular, except in the three basal joints, which are uniform in all the rays. The pectoral fins appear to have been similar in size to the ventrals, though num- bering probably a few more rays. The anal is scarcely larger than the ventrals; it has thirty or thirty-one rays, not quite so stout as those of the ventrals, and with articulations proportion- ally longer. The dorsal, from what remains I have seen of it, seems to have been a little longer than the anal, and in both it and the latter the rays branch similarly to those of the ventrals. The caudal is large and deeply forked, each lobe being of nearly equal length; but, as the tail-margin slopes rapidly inwards ventrally, the rays of the ventral lobe are very much longer than those of the dorsal lobe, and they are also much stronger. The rays of the caudal fin are numerous, and similar in character to those of the others. Some of the basal ray-scales have the surface ornamentally furrowed or wrinkled, like the body-scales; in the other fins I have always observed that the ray-scales are smooth. The dorsal and ventral margins of this fin are fringed with ful- cral scales, those of the dorsal lobe being longer than those of the ventral. Similar though smaller fulcrals protect the anterior margins of the dorsal, anal, ventrais, and pectorals. The head is obtuse, and has the orbit placed far forwards; the jaws are powerful, and the gape is very large, being more than one-fifth of the length of the body; both upper and lower jaws are furnished with numerous smooth, conical, pointed teeth, about one-fifteenth of an inch in length; these teeth are somewhat 74 MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. irregularly placed, and occasionally slightly bent towards the point, and appear to have a few minute teeth between them. The surface of the lower jaw is covered with a pustulate and wrinkled ornamentation ; the surface of the rest of the bones of the head, including the opercular plates, has also a rugulose appearance. In one specimen there appear to be traces of branch- iostegal rays. The scales are small and rhomboidal, varying, however, con- siderably both in size and form. The dorso-ventral series are arranged in steeply sloping curves. The lateral thoracic scales are much larger than those of the dorsal, ventral, and caudal regions, beirig three times the size of some of the latter; these scales (lateral thoracic), by their great relative width and greater amount of overlap, appear more rectangular in outline than those of other parts of the body. The scales of the ventral region are much the smallest. These latter, and the scales of the caudal portion of the body are those which, by form and ornament, are the most typical of the genus as established by Agassiz. The scales of the thoracic part of the body articulate by means of long, sharply pointed projections from the superior margin, which fit ito sockets or depressions of the reverse and inferior portion of the overlapping scale above, as in Palgoniscus and so many other of the Lepidoidei. This system of articulation becomes obsolete towards the caudal extremity. The scales of the thoracic region, especially the ventral ones, overlap each other more than those of the caudal region. All these scales are thick and finely enamelled, and are ornamented with two or more converging furrows, which always terminate within the margin. Besides the scales noticed, there are series of large, oval, pointed, bluntly lanceolate, and lanceolate scales, placed in advance of the dorsal, anal, and each lobe of the caudal fins. These scales, which Agassiz terms the grosses écailles impaires, attain the length of one-third of an inch, and number in each series from four to six; and they would appear to pass by gradations into the long pointed fulcral scales or spines that fringe the fins. The surface of these scales is closely covered with a similar ornamen- tation to the other scales, though more elaborate than it. MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. HG The lateral line is well marked by a series of deeply notched and channeled scales in the dorsal half of the body. None of the specimens discovered show the slightest traces of the endoskeleton. In one example we obtain some idea of the food of this fish ; for intercalated between the scales of each flank, there may be seen portions of a Palgoniscus varians, which undoubtedly repre- sent the remains of an undigested individual that had been captured and swallowed by the Acrolepis a short time previous to its death. I at first identified this species with the Acrolepis Sedgwichir of Agassiz ; but later comparisons of my specimens with Agassiz’s descriptions and figures have shown me that it differs from that species in several particulars that appear of importance: for in- stance, the anal fin of A. Sedgwicki is described as being much greater than the dorsal, whereas, in the present species, the difference between these fins is only slight; the scales would also appear much more regular in size and shape in 4. Sedgwickii than in the present species; and the former fish would appear to have been twice as large as the latter. I therefore cancel the identification I formerly made. From A. asper, Ag., of the Kupferschiefer, the present species differs more than from A. Sedgwick. But there are four species from the same formation, namely, A. angustus, Miinster, 4. in- termedius, Miinster, A. giganteus, Minster, and A. exseulptus, Germar, of which I have not been able to see either figures or specimens, that may possibly approach more nearly than those I have just noticed. For these reasons it only seems judicious to refrain from attaching a specific name to the species, it being at least possible that it may ultimately prove to belong to one of these last-mentioned forms. The present species has occurred in the fish-bed, in the Grey Stone overlying, and in the Dun Stone in the New Quarry at Fulwell; and I have taken a single example from the fish-bed in the Old Quarry of the same place. SY lop) MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. Fam. 2. LEPIDOIDEI. Pantmoniscus vanians, Airkby. Pl. IX, fig. 2. Annals of Nat. Hist., 3rd Series, vol. [X, p. 267. The maximum length of this fish is from 32 to 4 inches. It usually occurs much less, often being only 1? inch long. Its maximum breadth is about an inch; but this is a point subject to much variation, the breadth of some specimens being one-third of the entire length, and of others only one-fifth. The body con- tinues of similar width up to the dorsal and ventral fins; it then contracts somewhat rapidly to half the maximum width. The head varies in length from one-third to two-sevenths of the entire length, and its breadth is usually a little less than the greatest width of the body. The tail is moderately but decidedly heterocerceal. : The fins are of median size. The pectoral, which is about half an inch long in mature examples, and placed at the junction of the ventral and median thirds of the body, consists of from 18 to 20 slender rays, with one or more short but strong spine-like rays in front. The ventrals are about +5 inch shorter than the pectorals, and placed 12 inch from the snout; the rays are also less in number, though stouter, than those of the pectorals. The anal is 25%; inches from the snout; or 3°; inch behind the ventrals ; it numbers from 8 to 10 jointed rays, which are stronger and longer than those of the ventrals. The dorsal is placed about midway between the ventrals and the anal or two inches from the snout; it is larger than the anal, being $ inch long, and it has from 10 to 12 jointed rays of similar strength to those of the anal. In advance of the longest rays of the anal and dorsal are two or three short, pointed, unarticulated rays; one or two similar rays are placed in front of the ventrals. The first segment of the artic- ulate rays of the anal and dorsal is much longer than the suc- ceeding segments—the succeeding segments being only about as long as wide. Each ray is covered by long unsegmented scales, which usually hide from view the ray-structure. The front mar- gin of each of these fins is protected by sharply pointed, linear fulcral scales. The caudal is of moderate size and slightly forked, MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. eh spreading out gently from a base half as wide as the maximum breadth of the body to fully two-thirds of that breadth; it is formed of 17 or 18 rays, as strong as those of the dorsal and anal, and the rays of the ventral lobe are, of course, the longest. The structure of the rays resembles that of the last-mentioned fins : the first segment is of considerable length, being fully four times as long as those that follow it; the succeeding segments are slightly shorter than the equivalent segments in the anal and dorsal, so as to be wider than long. They appear to bifureate rarely ; and they are covered with longitudinal scales, like those of the fins just mentioned. Hach lobe is protected along its dor- sal and ventral borders with comparatively large fulcral scales. The rays of the caudal, at least-those of the central and ventral portions of it, are affixed to long interspinous bones, two rays being attached to each. The rays of the anal and dorsal fins are also attached to interspinous bones, there being in these instances, however, an ossicle to support each ray. In well-preserved examples, the head is seen to be bluntly cone-shaped. The gape is comparatively small, and the orbit is large and oval. The opercular bones, which form the great bulk of the head, have a semicircular edge behind, and a surface with rugulose ornamentation. Below and behind the inferior maxil- lary are generally seen the branchiostegal rays, of which there appear to be nine. The scales are large, comparatively thick, rhomboidal (vari- ously modified), smooth to the eye, but finely shagreened when magnified, and with plain margins. The dorso-ventral series are arranged in sloping curves; there are 36 such series along each flank, and 14 or 15 scales in each series in the thoracic region. The lateral line is marked by a longitudinal series of notched scales, somewhat above the centre of the body; these scales are wider than any of the others on the flank; the scales above and below the lateral line decrease in size gradually, as they do also from the anterior portion of the body backward. Though the scales have been described as smooth to the eye, it should be mentioned that they are all marked, just within their exposed margins, with two or more lines of increment of great regularity. 78 MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. The overlap of the scales is considerable; their articulation is assisted also as in other Palgonisci, &c., by teeth that project from the dorsal margin, and fit into sockets on the reverse of the ventral portion of the scales. In advance of each lobe of the caudal fin, and of the anal and dorsal, are placed four or five large scales, which are altogether different in form from the scales of the flank. They graduate from ovate or bluntly pointed scales to such as are lanceolate; and those of the latter form pass by | insensible modifications into the fulcral scales or rays of the fin- borders. There is more than one species to which this Palg@oniscus has some resemblance; P. Voltzu, P. fultus, P. angustus, and P. Vratislaviensis, for instance, all appear related, though appar- ently distinct, forms. Perhaps the fish that this species most nearly resembles is Paleoniscus glaphyrus, Ag., of the Marl-slate. It resembles it in size, largeness of scales, smallness of gape, size of orbit, and in position and structure of fins; but it differs from it in having a comparatively larger head—the head of P. glaphy- rus being only one-fifth of the entire length, whereas that of P. varians reaches one-third—and in having a large operculum, scales that vary more in size, and in haying them with plain margins, while P. glaphyrus has them deeply serrated. P. gla- phyrus, moreover, does not appear to have possessed the large notched scales that mark the lateral line in P. varians. With these differences before me, I have not hesitated to describe the present form as a distinct species. P. varians has occurred in the laminated marls at the base of the Upper Limestone, in the strata immediately underlying the fish-bed, in the Dun Stone, and in the Main or Honeycomb Stone in the New Quarry at Fulwell; also in the fish-bed in the Old Quarry, Fulwell. And the fragment of a fish that I met with in the laminated limestone of Marsden apparently belongs to this species. Patmoniscus Apps, Airkby. Pl. IX, figs. 3a, 30. Annals of Nat. Hist., 3rd Series, vol. IX, p. 268. Length from snout to end of caudal fin rather more than 4 MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. 19 inches; length of body 33 inches. Greatest width, which is a little in advance of the ventral fin, ? mch; from this port the body contracts gradually to 33; inch. From these measurements it will be seen that this species is an elongated form, the length of body being nearly six times the maximum width. The head is an inch in length, and half an inch in breadth. The fins are of moderate size. The pectorals are about 3% inch in length, and consist apparently of about 20 slender rays, with two short spine-like rays in front. The ventrals, which are com- paratively small, are situated 1% mch from the snout; the anal is 22 inches from the snout; and the dorsal is placed midway between the ventrals and the anal, or 2+ inches from the snout. Of the anal and dorsal, the latter is the larger; but none of the specimens found show either these fins or the ventrals in a condi- tion that permits the rays to be counted. The caudal fin springs from a tail apparently more heterocercal than in P. varians ; it consists of 15 or 16 stout rays, which are margined on each lobe by numerous pointed fulcral scales. The scales resemble those of P. varvans, except in being longer compared with their breadth. They are arranged in more in- clined dorso-ventral series than in P. varians, and there are about 12 in each series; but the scales are generally so much dislocated and confused as to render their numeration a matter of difficulty. The distinguishing feature of this fish is its elongated form ; and, except in being so much longer, it differs little from the pre- ceding species. From another elongated form of the same genus, P. longissi- mus, Ag., it differs in having much larger scales, and in their being smooth and unserrated at the margin; also in the relative position of the dorsal and ventral fins. From P. Kablike, another elongate Permian species, described by Dr. Geinitz, it differs in haying a much blunter snout and smaller fins, as well as in a less elegant general form. I have pleasure in naming this species after my friend the Rey. G. C. Abbs, of Cleadon—Durham’s eldest student of geology. Examples, chiefly fragments of about half-a-dozen individuals, have occurred in the fish-bed of the Old Quarry at Fulvwell. 80 MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. Patmoniscus autus, Kirkby. Pl. IX, fig. 1. P. latus, Kirkby, Annals of Nat. Hist. 3rd Series, vol. IX, p. 268.* Greatest length 23 inches ; length of body 2 inches; maximum breadth rather more than 1 inch, or more than one-half of the length of the body ; breadth of tail 4 inch; head 2 inch long, and the same in width. The general form of this fish is gibbous; the tail is only slightly heterocercal. The pectoral fins are small and slender ; the ventrals, which are also small, are placed 1-4; inch from the snout, and the anal is. 1,2; from the same point; the dorsal, which is the most robust of the fins mentioned, is situated at a point between the anal and the ventrals. The caudal is wide, and has about 24 strong rays: both lobes of this fin, as well as the anterior borders of the dorsal and anal, are protected by fulcral scales, as in both the preceding species; and in advance of the fulerals are the large ‘‘écailles impaires,”’ which so generally accompany them. The scales of the flanks are of the same type as those of P. varians, but are comparatively wider and shorter. They are robust and smooth, except in having marginal lines of growth, and are arranged in steeply sloping dorso-ventral series. The bones of the head are ornamented with the same kind of rugulose sculpturing as that which characterizes P. varians. The orbit is also large. IT do not know of any species of Palgoniscus that approaches P. altus in its great relative width of body, although in general form of scales, in fin-structure, and in ornamentation of the bones of the head it differs little from the two preceding species. One or two examples of this species have been found in the fish-bed of the Old Quarry, Fulwell. PALHONISCUS ANGUSTUS ? Agassiz. Along with the Palgonisci previously described has occurred a specimen of what appears to be another species. It is chiefly * At the suggestion of Sir Philip Egerton, I adopt the term a/tus for this species, latus having been already applied to another species of Palwoniscus. CO — MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. © distinguished by its large fins and produced snout. In general appearance it has much resemblance to P. angustus, Ag., to which I provisionally refer it. The specimen is in the collection of Mr. W. M. Wake, and was found in the Old Quarry, Fulwell. PLANT A. ULMANNIA sSELAGINOIDES, Ang. Several specimens have occurred, usually more or less frag- mentary, of a vegetable that evidently belongs to the above spe- cies. The specimens are generally impressions, with traces of carbonaceous matter, the nervation of the leaves being occasion- ally shown on the impressed surface. The finest example is 11 inches long, with a branch of 34 inches, and is in the Museum of Practical Geology, London. ULMANnNIA, sp ? I have also examples of another plant, belonging apparently to . the same genus as the preceding, but they are not sufficiently perfect to allow me to describe from them. CaLAMITES ARENACEUS ? Brongn. Among the vegetable remains are two specimens of a Calamite, which I doubtfully refer to this species. The specimen in my possession is 43 inches in length and nearly an inch in width. It shows two joints, 14 inch distant from each other; and the impressed surface is rather finely striated longitudinally. Besides the preceding species, a single specimen has occurred of a large reed-like plant which I have not been able to identify. — It is 21 inches long and 1 inch broad, rather coarsely striate longi- tudinally, and without any indications of constrictions or joints. The specimen is in the collection of Mr. Arthur Dixon. I have to acknowledge the assistance of Mr. Howse in deter- mining the plants. So far as may be judged from the fossils I have described, the physical conditions that prevailed during the deposition of the re 82 MR. J. W. KIRKBY ON PERMIAN FISH AND PLANTS. Fulwell Fish-bed were similar to those that obtained during the accumulation of the Marl-slate in the early part of the Permian era. The characteristic fossils of the Marl-slate are fishes belong- ing to the genera Paleoniscus, Acrolepis, Pygopterus, Platysomus, and Celacanthus, the species of the first genus being by far the most common. With the fish occur the remains of plants, chiefly belonging to Ulmannia selaginoides ; and, rarely, examples of Lingula, Discina, and Myalina. The facies of this small fauna seems to me to be decidedly estuarine, though with a greater tendency to approach freshwater than marine conditions; for, while the vegetable remains, which indicate terrestrial and freshwater habitats, are distributed generally throughout the whole of the Marl-slate, the Mollusca, which seem as certainly to indicate marine conditions, are confined to a very limited area in the same deposit. In the Fulwell Fish-bed we have fish be- longing to the same genera, and plants belonging to the same species, as those that eceur in the Marl-slate, besides other plants whose oceurrence there is not recorded. In this bed there are no Mollusca, nor is there, as I have before observed, a single trace of any marine organism. It would, therefore, seem as if the physical conditions of the Fulwell Bed had been even less marine than those of the Marl-slate ; so that it is not unlikely that in its small group of species we see part of a freshwater fauna of the Permian period. Another inference appears warrantable in respect of the fish ; that is, that the presence of so predaceous-looking a species as Acyolepis among small and comparatively harmless Palgonisci evi- dently indicates that the latter were pursued and preyed upon by it. The association merely of these fish suffices to justify this inference ; but the occasional presence of undigested remains of the Pal@onisei between the scales of the abdominal region of the Acrolepis would as certainly seem to prove it. The occurrence of so many uninjured individuals of the Paleonisci along with the Acrolepis would further indicate that both the pursued and the pursuers were ultimately overtaken by circumstances that ren- dered powerless their instincts in one common catastrophe. In conclusion I would remark, that though these fossils form, FORAMINIFERA OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 85 as it were, a distinct group in the Permian life-system, they are yet, on the one hand, connected with those of earlier Permian date by Ulmannia selaginoides, and probably by the Acrolepis and the Palgoniscus I have referred to P. angustus, which occur either in the Marl-slate of Durham or the Brandschiefer of Saxony ; and, on the other hand, they would appear to be con- nected with the Triassic life-groups by the Calamite referred to C. arenaceus. Should the identification in this case prove correct, we then shall have at least a connecting link of species between the life-systems of the Paleeozoic and Mesozoic eras. It would be premature, however, as yet distinctly to assert that such a connecting link exists; for though the tendency of the evidence that may be deduced from the fragments of the Calamite dis- covered may be in that direction, the evidence is, nevertheless, too imperfect to allow the decision to be clear of doubt. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Fig. 1. Paleeoniscus altus, Kirkby. Natural size. Old Quarry, Fulwell ‘Hill. Fig. 2. Paleeoniscus varians, Kirkby. Natural size. New Quarry, Fulwell Hill. Pig. 3. Paleoniseus Abbsii, Awrkby. a, anterior portion; 0, posterior portion of the same fish. Natural size. Old Quarry, Fulwell Hil). V.—A Catalogue of the Recent Foraminifera of Northumberland and Durham. By Hunry B. Brany, F.L.S., F.G-S. (Plate XIT.) Tux interest associated with that portion of the animal kingdom to which the Foraminifera belong has been much augmented of late years with the increased employment of the microscope as a means of research, and its extended use as a source of intellectual amusement. The publication, by the Ray Society, in 1858, of Professor Williamson’s work on the Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain, and of Dr. Carpenter’s philosophical ‘‘ Introduction,’ in 84 . CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF 1862, has given a basis for the methodical study of the group before wanting to British naturalists. Previous to the appearance of Professor Williamson’s Mono- eraph, the principal notices we have of the Foraminifera are contained in the works of the earlier conchological writers, by whom they were regarded as minute species of Mollusca. View- ing them in this light, Walker and Jacobs in 1784, and Montagu in 1803-1808, described and figured a considerable number of British forms, and although their descriptions are necessarily imperfect from defective knowledge of the nature of the animals inhabiting the shells, there is little or no difficulty in identifying the species which came under their observation. Subsequent writers on the Mollusca were content with resorting to the works of the authors just named for their information respecting the minuter shells, and we have consequently, for many years, no original matter of importance in connection with them, resulting from the labours of conchologists in our own country. On the continent, however, important additions were made during this period to the history of the group, chiefly from the researches of two French naturalists. In 1826, M. Alcide D’Orbigny proposed a new classification of the Mollusca, in which ‘‘minute chambered shells’’ were sepa- rated and treated .as a distinct ‘‘Order,”’ with the title ‘‘ Moramini- feres,” a name which has kept its place, notwithstanding othér terms have from time to time been proposed, and is still used to designate the Order. Although this arrangement of the Mollusca has not been adopted by scientific men, and his appreciation of the characters of the Foraminifera was founded in error, it must be allowed that the importance which became attached to them, from the mere fact of their separation into a distinct group, was one great cause of their subsequent closer study. M. D’Orbigny devoted himself almost exclusively to their investigation, and the numerous monographs which proceeded from his pen during the succeeding twenty years are sufficient evidence of the extent and diligence of his labours. Whilst D’Orbigny was thus engaged in working systematically on the organisms included in his newly founded group, a fellow- countryman, M. Dujardin, was with equal zeal studying their NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. rey) physiological relations, and the results of his researches were published in the year 1835. Therein the true nature of Rhizo- podous animals was demonstrated, their low organization satis- factorily established, and the Foraminifera finally separated from the Cephalopodous Mollusca with which they had hitherto been associated. There is little that need be noticed in the more recent litera- ture of the subject, although few divisions of the animal kingdom have been written upon to the same extent or so variously. The ‘more important works are well known, and easily accessible to students. The conditions under which animals of purely microscopic nature exist is obviously unfavourable to the preparation of a local catalogue. In many classes of microzoa the difficulties are insuperable, but there are circumstances in connection with the distrrbution of the Foraminifera which permit the attempt to be made with reasonable prospect of completeness. One of the most important of these is the wide area over which the several forms are found; for, although the character of a Rhizopodal fauna is influenced not only by latitude but also by depth of water, the ‘amount of variation from these causes in a short coast-line, with the depth of water seldom exceeding 40 fathoms, is scarcely appreciable. The lmited powers of locomotion with which the little creatures are endowed, and the situation they most affect (the surface of the mud or sand at the bottom of the sea) render the collection of specimens by means of the dredge an easy and productive process. Abundance of the shells of shallow water species may be found in the shore-sands of our coast between tide-marks, commonly associated with those of the smaller mol- lusea and fragments of zoophytes. Whilst therefore some indul- gence may be claimed on the ground of the difficulties inherent in the subject, it is not probable that many forms have eluded the careful search made for them. The material which has been subjected to examination has been derived in part from the dredging operations conducted during the past three years under the auspices of the Field-Club, and in part from littoral sands collected from the ripple-marks 86 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF near low water, or taken from shore-pools. The dredgings fairly . represent the coast from Berwick Bay on the north, to Seaham on the south, the depth varying from 10 to 45 fathoms. I am much indebted to my brother, Mr. George 8. Brady, and to Mr. George Hodge, for the careful preservation of material from the various localities worked over. The littoral sands examined have been taken chiefly from the Northumberland coast at intervals between Alnmouth and Tynemouth. The sea-beach to the south of the Tyne is composed for the most part of shingle and erayel, derived in great measure from ballast cast at sea, and its unfavourable nature has deterred me from spending much time in searching it. The quantity of material from each locality has generally been ample, and a uniform method has been pursued for the separa- tion and the collection of the Foraminifera. The sands were first thoroughly dried, and the coarser portions, separated by sifting, examined, without further treatment, by means of a magnifying glass. Professor Williamson’s method of ‘‘ floating’? was adopted as the best means of saving time and labour in the examination of the fine siftings. This process depends for its efficacy on the light specific gravity of the shells, owing to their chambers con- tainmg air; and practically it works exceedingly well for the minuter forms. The only precaution which seems to be requisite is, that the material should be very carefully dried at the outset ; if this be not done the sarcode, impregnated with saline matter, retains its form and partially fills the cavities of the shells, thereby rendering them too heavy to float. The larger thick- shelled species, whether porcelanous or arenaceous, cannot be separated in this way. ) In a somewhat different category, and worthy of separate mention as a locality for Foraminifera, are the brackish-water pools of the marshy ground in Hylton Dene, near Sunderland.* * To the student of the lower forms of animal life Hylton Dene may be looked upon as a thing of the past; like Prestwick Car and Boldon Flats it has, alas, fallen a victim to the ‘‘march of civilization” so called, which is fast invading the pleasant resorts of the naturalist, converting good collecting-grounds into bad pastures. When we visited the place a few weeks ago the pools were dry—the marsh was cut and scored in all direc- tions with draining channels, and we wandered about conscious that it was the last opportunity we might have of obtaining any of the rarities for which this was the only locality in our district. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 87 The zoology of these pools formed the subject of a paper by Mr. G. S. Brady, read before the British Association in 1863, and printed in the sixth volume of the Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field-Club (p. 95); but through an oversight the species of Foraminifera found in them were not enumerated. Since that time I have visited the spot and collected material of every sort likely to repay examination. The Foraminifera in- habiting brackish water have received but little attention hitherto; and probably, if they were searched for, it would be found that they are not as dependent on marine saline matters for their existence as has been generally supposed. The pools alluded to are situated a couple of miles above Sunderland (perhaps two miles and a half from the sea) near the poimt where a little stream discharges itself into the River Wear, in low marshy ground, which in occasional floods, or at exceptionally high tides, is covered with water. The proportion of saline matters they contain of course varies considerably, and is dependent on the relative supply of fresh water from rain and drainage and of salt water from the occasional tidal overfiow; but commonly the water is scarcely brackish to the taste, and when examined by my brother, the amount of chlorides in the Foraminifera-yielding pools was but little more than 1 per cent., or less than one-third the amount present in sea-water. Notwithstanding this, the mud collected from them, after careful washing, revealed astonishing numbers of Foraminifera, chiefly specimens of Polystomella striato- punctata and Quingueloculina agglutinans, a few specimens of Trochammina inflata, and a single Globigerina bulloides. There are at intervals along the lower portions of our coast, places in which brackish water collects in a similar way, but they are generally nearer to the sea, and have scarcely the amount of zoo- ~ logical interest that pertains to the one just alluded to; they promise however to repay examination, at any rate, so far as their Rhizopodal fauna is concerned. I have very recently examined some mud from pools of this sort near the mouth of the Wansbeck with gratifying results. The ‘‘very rare’ Zio- chammina inflata is here the prevailing Foraminifer, Polystomella 88 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF striato-punctata, common, and Quinqueloculina agglutinans, rare ; whilst in addition to these species we have Rotalia Beccarw and Nonionina depressula both occurring in considerable numbers. Such a fauna as these two lists represent is the precise counter- part of that of a portion of the Post-Tertiary clay of Northamp- tonshire. Mr. W. K. Parker, who has carefully studied the semi-fossilized Rhizopoda of the clays immediately underlying the peat in the Fen Country, had set down the area around Peterborough (30 miles from the sea) as a marginal, brackish water deposit; a view which is strongly confirmed by the facts now adduced. Quinqgueloculina agglutinans has not before been found in #@recent condition in a British locality, and forms an important addition to our living fauna. It can scarcely be sup- posed that these are the only species which have been carried on to the ground by the rise of the sea; but rather that they have been able to accept the new conditions of life whilst others with less power of adaptation have died out. The very thin shells and green sarcode of many of the specimens of P. striato-pune- tata and NV. depressula, and the scarcely more than chitinous cara- pace of some of the Jliole show an approximation to the- characters of the lower fresh-water Rhizopoda. The number of species and varieties of Foraminifera hitherto discovered on the British coast may be set down at 118—this includes many which have been found since the publication of Professor Williamson’s monograph. Of these, 74, or about two- thirds of the entire list, have been taken off the counties of North- umberland and Durham. Eleven out of the 74 forms are not given by Williamson, and they will be found figured in Plate XII of the present volume, with the exception of Quinqueloculina agglutinans which has been found since the plate was engraved. Two are now described for the first time, and appear in the Cata- logue under the names of Uvigerina irregularis and Textularia complexa. Five others have not before been recorded from a British locality, viz., Spiroloculina excavata, D’Orb.; Quinguelo- culina subrotunda, Montagu; Quinqueloculina agglutinans, D’Orb. ; Truneatulina refulgens, Montfort ; and Nonionina Scapha, F. & M. “ NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 89 The remaining four had occurred previously in dredgings from the Shetland Islands, and are referred to at greater length in the Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. XXIV, Part III. There is not much to remark relative to the general distribution of the species. The prevalence of the Lagene at every point which _ has been dredged is an interesting fact; all the British species having been taken, most of them in considerable numbers. The great abundance of the Dentaline and Vaginuline on some portions of the Northumberland coast is worth recording, especially as the same localities furnish large numbers of Polymorphine, with the luxuriant ‘‘stag-horn’’ outgrowths (P. tubulosa, D’Orb.), thereby seeming to indicate an unusually rich feeding-ground, or the existence of other conditions favourable to their growth. In reporting upon the Mollusca obtained in the dredging ex- cursions of 1868, Mr. Alder remarks* that the fauna of our coast ‘upon the whole, approaches more nearly to the Scandinavian than to that of the South of England.”” An examination of the Rhizopoda quite confirms this view ; and, as we have a means of comparison in Messrs. Parker and Jones’s paper on ‘‘ Foramini- fera from the Coast of Norway,’’} it may be interesting to trace the analogy. The number of species given in the paper alluded to is 26, and of these 18 belong also to our list; or, including some of the more permanent varietal forms, 45 would represent the Norwegian fauna, of which over 30 are equally at home on our coast. The occurrence of Lagena distoma and Nonionina Scapha is important in its bearing on this connection, as both are prominent forms in the Scandinavian seas, and neither have as yet been taken off Britain except on the north-eastern and north- ern shores. One of the greatest difficulties the naturalist of the present day has. to contend with is to be found in the entangled state into which the nomenclature of many divisions of the animal king- dom has fallen. Formerly, authors were but little accustomed to respect the labours of their predecessors, even when of their own country ; but when such researches had been made public through * Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field-Club. Vol. VI, p. 180. + Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 2nd Series. Vol. XIX, p. 273. 90 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF the medium of another language their existence was commonly entirely ignored. Hence we find that many of the commoner types of the Foraminifera have received fresh names from almost every successive writer who has noticed them. Add to this the fact. only recently fully appreciated, that a much wider range of variation must be allowed in grouping these protean animals than it is the custom to admit in the more highly organized classes with which the Foraminifera were for long associated, and we have elements of confusion which could not well be surpassed. Owing partially to the low organization of the Protozoa, and partly to the unusual facilities which they offer for comparative study, we probably possess the elements of a fuller knowledge of their natural relationships than has yet been attained in respect to animals of more complex structure. Thus the relationship of individuals to a sub-varietal form, of several such sub-varieties to a variety of greater permanence, of many varieties to a sub- type, and of a group of subtypes to one central type may often be traced. Yet none of these groups would exactly correspond to what would be regarded as a genus or a species in the true Lin- nean sense. Probably what is included in the term ‘‘type’”’ would most nearly represent a ‘‘species,’’ but it is doubtful whether, if it were used in an absolute sense, representing a group which does not inosculate with any other parallel series, the list would have to be still further reduced. The ‘‘ types,” nevertheless, embrace large numbers of so-called species, and often even many quasi- genera; but, though it is easy to pick out and name the promi- nent varietal forms, there are no sharp lines of demarcation between them, but the individuals constitute a continuous series in which the degree of differentiation between the successive specimens becomes less and less sensible as the number of con- stituents is increased. That this tendency to variation exists amongst Protozoa lower in organization than the Foraminifera, possibly to an even greater extent, has been fully demonstrated by Dr. Wallich in his recent admirable papers in the Annals and Magazine of Natural His- tory, and indeed is only what might have been expected. Thus the naked Rhizopoda seem all referable to one primary type NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 91 whose fullest development appears in Ameba villosa; and the more numerous series which are possessed of a test or carapace, whether chitinous or composite, are developments of a. very limited number of specific forms, their mere external features whether of shape, size, or the material of which the test is com- posed, varying with the nature of the influences to which they have been subjected during growth, and yielding no characters for generic or even specific divisions. These facts but little affect the importance with which minute characters in the Foraminifera are to be regarded; for the indi- cations of climatal and bathymetrical conditions, which may be obtained by their study, are of much value both to zoological and geological science. No advantage would be gained by at- tempting to alter the nomenclature so as to express the compli- eated relationship just pointed out, even were this possible ; and the Linnean binomial system possesses such obvious advantages on the ground of convenience and simplicity, that it becomes necessary to adhere to it even though the terms genus and species be used in a purely conventional sense. The names used throughout the Catalogue are adopted, with a little correction, from the Appendix supplied by Messrs. Parker and Jones to Dr. Carpenter’s ‘‘ Introduction to the Study of the Foraminifera’ (page 309) ; but references are given to the figures of the species in Professor Williamson’s ‘‘ Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain.””’ Those who take interest in the subject I would refer to the paper before mentioned ‘‘On the Rhizopodal Fauna of the Shetlands,’#* in which some of the questions here spoken of are treated at greater length, and a classified table of nearly the whole of the British forms is given. The following are the types under which the forms enumerated in the Catalogue may be grouped :— Cornuspira fotiacea, Phil. Miliola Seminulum, Zinn., mcluding Biloculina, Triloculina, Quinqueloculina, and Spiroloculina. Trochammina squamata, P. & J. Lituola nautiloidea, Lamk. * Transactions of the Linnean Society. Vol. XNIY, part III. 92 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF Valvulina triangularis, D’ Orb. Lagena sulcata, W. & J. Nodosarina Raphanus, Zinn., including Nodosaria, Dentalina, Vaginulina, and Cristellaria. * Polymorphina lactea, W. & J. Uvigerina pygmea, D’ Ord. Orbulina universa, D’ Orb. Globigerina bulloides, D’ Ord. Textularia agglutinans, D’ Orb., including Textularia, Bigene- rina, and Vernewtlina. Bulimina Preslii, Reuss, including Bulimina, Virgulina, and Bolivina. Cassidulina levigata, D’ Ord. Discorbina trochidiformis, Zamhk. Planorbulina farcta, F. § I, including Planorbulina and Truncatulina. Rotalia Beceari, Linn. Patellina concaya, Lamk. Polystomella crispa, Zvnn., including Polystomella and No- nionind. SuB-kInegpom. PROTOZOA. Crass. RHIZOPODA. OrpER. RETICULARIA. (FORAMINIFERA. ) Sus-oRDER. IMPERFORATA. Fam. MILIOLIDA. 1. CORNUSPIRA, Schultze. e 1. ©. Fottacea, Philippr. Spirillina foliacea. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VII, figs 199-201. In dredgings off Holy Island, 25 to 40 fathoms; very xare. A single specimen from deep water off Seaham Harbour. Cul- lercoats, Mr. Alder. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 93 2. BILOCULINA, D’ Ord, 1. B. rtyerns, Zamk. Biloculina ringens. Ree. For. Gt. Br. BEV ies (69 7 Osand PL Vials toe hal: Common, especially in shallow water and amongst littoral sands. 2. B. pupressa, D’ Ord. B. ringens, var. carinata. Ree. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VII, figs. 172-174. Abundant everywhere along the coast. 3. B. Etoneata, D’ Ord. B. ringens, var. Patagonica. Ree. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VII, figs. 175, 176. Not uncommon in dredged sands. 3. SPIROLOCULINA, D’ Ord. 1. Sp. roata, D’Orb. Spiroloculina depressa. Rec. For. Gt. Ie Mel WAAL nner? - Common in dredgings from all depths. 2. Sp. pranutata, Lamk. Sp. depressa, var. rotundata. Rec. HoreGt brs PIS VEnly fosst7s: Common. 3. Se. pxcavata, D’Orb. {| Plate XII, fig. 1. ] Though not recognized by Professor Williamson, this is a tolerably well marked sub-varietal form of Spiroloculina, charac- terized by its thick edges and deeply sunk centre. It is described and figured by D’Orbigny, in his work on the ‘“ Fossil Foramini- fera of the Vienna Basin,” p. 270. Pl. XVI, figs. 19-21. In deep water, Northumberland and Durham coast, somewhat rare. 4, TRILOCULINA, D’Oré. 1. TT. rrtconuta, Lamk. Miliolina trigonula, Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VII, fig. 180-182. Abundant all along the coast. 2. TT. ostonea, Montagu. Miliolina Seminulum, var. oblonga. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VII, figs. 186, 187. Common. 94 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF 5. QUINQUELOCULINA, D’ Ord. 1. Q. Semrnutum, Zinn. Miliolina Seminulum. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VII, figs. 183-185. Common everywhere. This may be looked upon as the ‘‘type’’ or central form to which the whole of the Biloculine, Spiroloculine, Triloculine, and Quingueloculine, specifically belong. To those whose studies have been confined to more highly organized animals, it may seem strange to regard forms which in their full development appear severally to possess marked distinctive characters, as varieties of a single species ; but the examination of large numbers of specimens leaves no doubt that this is a correct conclusion. Some general observations on this subject are given in the intro- ductory remarks. 2. Q. Bicornis, W. & J. Mailiolina bicornis, Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VII, figs. 190-194. Common. 3. Q. secans, BD’ Orb. Miliolina Seminulum, var. disciformis. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VII, figs. 188, 189. Common. 4. Q. Ferussacu, D’ Orb. Miliolina bicornis, var. angulata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VII, fig. 196. One or two small specimens of a sub-angular, ribbed Quinque- loculina, found in sand dredged off Coquet Island, may, with some reservation, be assigned to this form. 5. Q. susrotunpa, Montagu. [ Pl. XII, fig. 2.] Montagu, in his ‘‘ Testacea Britannica’ (p. 521), describes a sub-orbicular IMiliola figured in Walker’s ‘‘Testacea minuta”’ (fig. 4), under the name of Vermiculum subrotundum. Any doubt which the somewhat vague description might leave as to the species intended is dispelled by reference to Walker’s drawing, which represents a possibly not fully grown specimen of an out- — spread, round-edged Quinqueloculina, without surface-ornamenta- tion. Diameter 35th of an inch. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 95 Its nearest ally is Q. secans, D’Orb., a well known form, more oblong in contour, and having the extremities somewhat pointed ; the edges thin and sharp, often carinate, the surface commonly marked by slight ribs across the chambers. These characters are sufficient to distinguish the two. In Professor Williamson’s work, Q. subrotunda is given as a synonym for Miliolina ( Triloc- ulina) trigonula, possibly owing to Montagu’s description. Not uncommon in shallow water and amongst littoral sands. 6. Q. acerurinans, D’ Orb. A feeble variety of Quenqueloculina in which the normal, white, poreelanous test is replaced by a composite shell, composed of arenaceous particles embedded in a chitinous matrix with but little caleareous matter. It is figured by D’Orbigny in his “Cuba” monograph, Plate XII, figs. 11-13. (Folio edition.) —~ In the brackish-water pools of Hylton Dene, common; in pools at the mouth of the Wansbeck, rare. Fam. LITUOLIDA. 1. TROCHAMMINA, P. ¢ J. 1. YT. miata, Montagu. Rotalina inflata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. IV, figs. 93, 94. In brackish water at the mouth of the Wansbeck, very com- mon; in similar pools in Hylton Dene, rare. It seems curious that this well-marked species, which has been only found hitherto by single specimens on the south-west coast of England, and in one or two localities on the west and north of Scotland, and has never been discovered either in dredged or littoral sands, on our shores, should have adopted these brackish- water pools as a resting place. In the Northumberland locality . it seems to thrive better than any of its congeners. ‘The speci- mens are commonly fine, exhibiting the peculiar sub-arenaceous shell and dark coloured earlier chambers well delineated in Pro- fessor Williamson’s figures. 96 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF 2. LITUOLA, Lamk. 1. LL. Scorprorvus, Montfort. [ Pl. XII, fig. 3.] A few small specimens of this mteresting arenaceous species have been collected from the material taken at the greatest depths on both the Northumberland and Durham coast. Except in the Shetland dredgings of Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, I do not know that it has been found elsewhere in a British locality. 2. L. Cananrrensis, D’ Orb. Nonionina Jeffreysii. Rec. For. (Gr, Ive, Tek, INE, ites (2, 7c). Tolerably common in dredged sands from all parts of the coast ; but seldom found at a depth of less than 15 or 20 fathoms. 3. VALVULINA, D’ Ord. 1. V. Avsrriaca, D’ Orb. Rotalina fusca. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. V, figs. 114, 115. This is a rare species in the British seas, and only three speci- mens have been found on our coast. They were from the Holy Island dredgings, in 35 to 40 fathoms. SuB-oRDER, PERFORATA. Fam. LAGENIDA. 1. LAGENA, Walker. 1. L.surcata, W.g J. Lagena vulgaris, var. striata; L. vul- garis, var. interrupta; and Entosolenia costata. Rec. For. Gt Brel igs iO elec 18: Common, both on the Northumberland and Durham coasts. 2. L. uavis, Montagu. Lagena vulgaris; L. vulgaris, var. cla- vata; L. vulgaris, var. perlucida. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Teal ey thers is, (Oy 7/ Abundant. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 97 8. L. srrrara, Montagu. Lagena vulgaris; var. gracilis, L. vul- garis, var. substriata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. I, figs. 12, 13, 14. Abundant. 4. L. semistrrata, Jill. Lagena vulgaris, var. semistriata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. I, figs. 8, 9. Common. 5. LL. exoposa, Montagu. Entosolenia globosa. Rec. For. Gt. Bree Pl iT rfiess ld, 16: 6. L. marerata, Montagu. Entosolenia marginata, and vars. lucida, ornata, lagenoides, and quadrata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. I, figs. 19 to 28. Abundant. 7. L. sevamosa, Montagu. Entosolenia squamosa; E. squamosa, var. scalariformis, and var. hexagona. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. I, figs. 29, 30, & 32. Somewhat common. 8. LL. meto, D’ Orb. Entosolenia squamosa, var. catenulata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. I, fig. 31. Berwick Bay, rare. 9. L. cavpata, D’ Ord. Entosolenia globosa, var. lineata. Rec. Kor Gt; By Pik fies 17. Rare. tO] Le pistoma, Po gs. EPL. XT, fig. 4 | This is a rare variety, and its delicacy and minute size render it lable to be overlooked even when present in dredged sand. A single specimen from Shetland described and figured with other forms new to Britain in the paper before alluded to (Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. XXIV, p. 467, plate XLVIII, fig. 6), is the only instance hitherto recorded of its occurrence in our seas. From the Northumberland and Durham coast, about twenty specimens in all haye been collected. From Holy Island on the H 98 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF north to Seaham on the south they have been pretty evenly dis- tributed, always occurring in the deeper dredgings (80 to 45 fathoms), and seldom more than two or three examples in one parcel of sand. It is not uncommon in the Norwegian seas, and was first noticed by Messrs. Parker and Jones in their memoir on ‘‘ Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway.’’ (Ann. & Mag. Nat Hist., 2nd Series, vol. XIX.) 2. NODOSARIA, Lamk. 1. N. scatarts, Batsch. Nodosaria radicula. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. I, figs. 36-38. In the Appendix to Carpenter’s ‘‘ Introduction,”’ this species is given as LV. longicauda, D’Orb.; Batsch, however, had previ- ously described and figured the same form under the specifte designation ‘‘ scalaris,’’ which name therefore takes precedence. Occurs very sparingly in deep water sands all along the coast. 2. N. Pyruta, D’ Orb. Nodosaria Pyrula. Ree. For. Gt. Br. JP, JO, ste, Be) In dredgings 30 to 45 fathoms; Berwick Bay, off Holy Island, and off Seaham Harbour. Very rare. It is only under very favourable circumstances that this slender and delicate shell can be obtained entire; nearly all the specimens I have seen are more or less broken. 3. DENTALINA, D’ Oré. 1. D. communis, D’ Orb. Dentalina subarcuata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. II, figs. 40, 41. Common ; especially so on the northern portion of the North- umberland coast. Specimens of this species, together with Vagin- ulina Legumen and V. linearis, were collected in astonishing quantities in the material brought home from Berwick Bay in 1862. 4. VAGINULINA, D’Ord. 1. V. Lecumen, Zinn. Dentalina Legumen. Ree. For. Gt. Br Pl. II, fig. 45. ; Common. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 99 2. V.xuinearts, Montagu. Dentalina Legumen. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. I, figs. 46-49. Very common. 5. CRISTELLARIA, Zamk. 1. C.rorunata, Lamk. Cristellaria Calecar, and C. rotifer. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. I, figs. 52-54. Ss Berwick Bay, rare. Off Holy Island, very rare. Mr. Alder has specimens collected from shore-sands at Tynemouth. 2. C. Creripura, / §& M. Cristellaria Calecar, var. oblonga and C. subarcuatula. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. II, figs. 55-59. Off Holy Island, very rare. Cheswick, ‘Northumberland, rare ; Mr. Alder. 6. POLYMORPHINA, D’ Ord. 1. P.uacrna, W.§ J. Polymorphina lactea, and vars. acumi- nata, oblonga, concava, and communis. Ree. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VI, figs. 146-149; 151-155. Very common 2. P. compressa, D’ Orb. Polymorphina lactea. Rec. For. Gt. Bre Pls Vi ofietk45: 3. P. rusutosa, DY’ Orb. Polymorphina lactea, var. fistulosa. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VI, fig. 150. Occasional examples are met with in muddy dredgings from any portion of our coast; but in certain localities, as in Berwick Bay, almost every specimen of Polymorphina takes on the “ stag- horn” outgrowths, which form the only peculiarity of this variety. 7, UVIGERINA, D’ Orb. i. U. pyemma, D’ Orb. Uvigerma pygmea. Rec. For. Gt. Br, ELV, fies 138) 139). A broken specimen only. Off Holy Island, 35 to 40 fathoms. 2. U. ancutosa, Will. Uvigerina angulosa. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. V, fig. 140. The genus Uvigerina is evidently not “at home” in our lati- tude at a less depth than 40 to 50 fathoms, and there are but 160 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF few spots on the Northumberland or Durham coast where this depth is attained. In the deeper water off the coast of Scotland specimens are of much more frequent occurrence, and still further north, in the Shetland seas, both Uvigerina angulosa and the more robust typical form U. pygmea are plentiful. Durham coast, deep water off Marsden and Seaham ; very rare. 8. U. IRREGULARIS, mov. spec. [ Pl. XII, fig. 5.] Description. Shell oblong, ovato-acuminate, consisting of irre- cular chambers arranged in an obscure spiral, the terminal cham- ber prolonged into a short neck in which the aperture is situated. Surface smooth, free from coste or other ornamentation, but perforated by numerous small foramina. Colour, brownish. Length 345 of an inch. Holy Island, very rare. The thin, perforated shell, irregular segments, and freedom from surface-markings, are sufticient to distinguish this form from other species of the same genus. Obtained from the Northumberland dredgings (off Holy Island) 1864. Fam. GLOBIGERINIDA. 1. ORBULINA, D’ Ord. 1. O. untversa, D’ Orb. Orbulina universa. Rec. For. Gt. Br.’ Pl! 1, fig: 4. Rare. Orbulina universa shows the same tendencies in its distribution as Globigerina bulloides, with which species it is commonly associated in deep-sea soundings. It is very rare at depths of less than 50 fathoms, and the few specimens which have occurred in the deeper dredgings of the Northumberland and Durham coasts, where the depth seldom exceeds from 35 to 45 fathoms, have been the feeble brownish shells of starved specimens. From Professor Williamson’s figure I judge that his examples are in the same condition. Mr. Jeffreys’ Shetland sands, taken at 70 to 95 fathoms, yield abundance ef pure white specimens ; and soundings from the abysmal depths of the Atlantic and the Mediterranean furnish still larger numbers. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 101 2, GLOBIGERINA, D’ Ord. 1. G. puttorpes, D’ Orb. Globigerina bulloides. Rec. For. Gt. Br. PI. V, figs. 116-118. Rare. A few small specimens from Berwick Bay and off Holy Island, 30 to 35 fathoms. A single example from the Durham coast, off Seaham, 40 fathoms. One specimen from the brackish- water pools in Hylton Dene. See remarks on the last named species, Orbulina umiversa. The brownish mud of which the ocean-‘‘ floor’ is composed at the greatest depths reached by the sounding-line consists almost entirely of the shells of Globigerina and Orbulina, either whole or in fragments, and represents a condition very similar to that which must have existed when some of the Cretaceous rocks were in process of formation. 3. TEXTULARIA, Defrance. 1. TT. varrapintis, Will. Textularia variabilis. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VI, figs. 162, 163, 168. Rare. 2. T. comprexa, nov. spec. [ PI. XII, figs. 6, a.b. | Description. Shell oblong, compressed. The earlier cham- bers taking a helicoid or spiral direction of growth, but assuming the biserial, Textularian arrangement after the formation of five or six chambers. Texture, sub-hyaline, with well defined foram- ina. Colour nearly white. Length jth of an inch. The polymorphic character of the genus Textularia is well exemplified in the tendency of its various forms to take on a spiral mode of growth. Messrs. Parker and Jones in their paper on Arctic Foraminifera, now in the press, have figured the rougher, more arenaceous varieties so modified. The one now described is nearly related to the Teatularia variabilis of Wil- liamson. Ehrenberg in his memoir ‘‘ Ueber den Griinsand,”’ pub- lished in the Berlin Transactions for 1855, gives a drawing of a cast of one of these coiled Textularie (plate IV, fig. 13), with the new generic name Sprroplecta, but does not venture on specific characters. 102 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT VFORAMINIFERA OF 3. T. pyvemaa, D’ Orb. Textularia variabilis, var. spathulata. Ree. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VI, figs. 164, 165. Rare. A few specimens from the Dogger Bank. 4. TT. Sacrrruza, Defrance. Textularia cuneiformis. Rec. For. Gig, dove, Jel, WAL, sale, St, Se), Common all along the coast. 5. T. Trocuvus, D’ Orb. Textularia cuneiformis, vay. conica Rees Hor Gt. Br Pl Vas fies. 160s wGle Not uncommon. 4. BIGENERINA, D’ Ord. 1 BY prema VONOrb ee Xa fora 0 Very rare (broken specimens only); off Seaham, 35 to 45 fathoms. Though I have not been fortunate enough to meet with any perfect specimen on our coast, the fragments which have been found are sufficiently characteristic to leaye no doubt as to the species to which they belong. The species occurs sparingly in the Shetland seas, and recently one or two well marked speci- mens of the other D’Orbignian form 2B. Nodosaria have been found in sands dredged in 90 fathoms in the same northern local- ity. For figure of a perfect specimen see Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. XXIV, plate XLVIII, fig. 8. 5. VERNEUILINA, D'Oro. 1. V. potystropHa, Reuss. Bulimina scahra (at page 65); Bulimina arenacea (at page 98). Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. V, figs. 186, 137. Very rare. A single fine specimen from deep water off Holy Island. 6. BULIMINA, D'Oro. 1. B. puvorpus, D’ Orb. Bulimina pupoides. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. V, figs. 124, 125. Rare. A few specimens have been found in most of the dredg- ings, whether on the Northumberland or Durham coast. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 105 2 B. marervata, D’ Ord. Bulimina pupoides, va. marginata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. V, figs. 126, 127. Common. 3. B. acuteara, D’ Orb. Bulimina pupoides, var. spinulosa. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. V, fig. 128. This is in reality only the foregoing form B. marginata, with the serrations of the chamber-margins somewhat exaggerated so ‘as to form spinous processes. Some of the Seaham Harbour specimens fairly come under this variety, though none are quite so strongly marked as Professor Williamson’s figure. 4. B.ovara, D’ Orb. Bulimina pupoides, var. fusiformis. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. V, figs: 129, 130. Off Coquet Island, rare. o. Bb. erecantissima, D’ Ord. Bulimina elegantissima. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. V, figs. 134, 135. & Very rare. One or two specimens only, érom Berwick Bay. 7. VIRGULINA, D’ Ord. 1. V. Scprersersit, Czzek. Bulimina pupoides, var. compressa. nec Hors: Gti bE bles fe slo. Berwick Bay, very rare. 8. BOLIVINA, D’Oré. 1. B. puncrara, D’ Orb. [Pl. XIL, figs. 8, a.b.] Off Holy Island, very rare. . Although biserial in the arrangement of its chambers, Bolivina belongs typically to a triserial group, Bulimina. The relation- ship may be traced in the twisted aperture and usually curved mode of growth. The strong resemblance which this species, in the feeble condition in which it is found in the British seas, bears to the young of some of the Zextularie, has probably caused it to be overlooked by many observers. Mr. W. K. Parker has 104 CATALOGUE OF THE RECENT FORAMINIFERA OF in his collection specimens of the ribbed variety B. costata, D’Orb., from the west coast of Scotland. Neither species is mentioned in the Monograph of Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain. 9. CASSIDULINA, D’ Ord. 1. C. nmvieata, D’ Ord. Cassidulina levigata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. VI, figs. 141, 142. Very rare. In dredgings 25 to 40 fathoms, off Holy Island. 2. C. crassa, D’ Orb. Cassidulina obtusa. Rec. For. Gt. Bt. Pl. VI, figs. 148, 144. A single specimen from 35 fathoms, Berwick Bay. The remarks upon Uvigerina apply equally to the genus Cassi- ° dulina ; neither are ‘‘at home” on our coast, probably on account of the shallowness of the water. 10. DISCORBINA, P. & J. 1. D. eropctarts, D’ Orb. Rotalina concamerata (young). Rec. Hor Gt. Bree DV, figss 04, 105. Very common. Often found growing attached to sea-weeds and corallines. Professor Williamson erroneously figures this as the young of an entirely distinct species. The fact, that whilst the so-called young form (Discorbina globularis) is common in every stage of growth, that which is figured as the matured shell (Pulvinulina repanda) has never been found on our coast, would alone strongly militate against the identity of the two forms. 2. D. rosacea, D’ Orb. Rotalina Mamilla. Rec. For. Gt. Br. JO ID, anes, OOS. Small specimens are not uncommon in the deeper dredgings both on the Northumberland and Durham coasts. 11. PLANORBULINA, D’ Ord. 1. P. Meprrrrranensts, D’ Ord. Planorbulina vulgaris. Ree. For. Gt. Br. Pl. V, figs. 119, 120. Very common, both in dredged and littoral sands. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 105 12. TRUNCATULINA, D’Or8. 1. TT, roparuza, Walker. Truncatulina lobatula. Rec. For. Gt. Bry Bl. V; figs: 122-123. Very common. 2. T. rEFuLGENS, Montfort. [Pl. XII, figs. 9, a.b.c. | This has not hitherto been regarded as a British variety. It is little more than an exaggerated condition of 7. lobatula, in which the convexity of the upper surface is greatly increased so as to give it an almost conical form, and the pseudopodial per- forations obliterated by the free growth of shell-substanee. I haye recently met with specimens from two or three British localities. 7. refulgens occurs both fossil and recent, and is not an uncommon form where Planorbuline abound. Off Holy Island, 30 to 40 fathoms; rare. 13. ROTALIA, Laimk. 1. R. Beccartt, Linn. Rotalina Beccaru. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. IV, figs. 90-92. Common. 2. KR. nivmpa, Will. Rotalina nitida. Rec. For. Gt. Bt. Pl. IV, figs. 106-108. Northumberland coast, very rare. Cullercoats, rare; Mr. Alder. 14. PATELLINA, Fill. 1. P. corrueata, Well. Patellina corrugata. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. IU, figs. 86-89. Very rare. Two specimens from dredgings off Holy Island, and a single small one from Berwick Bay, are the only examples of this species which I have met with on our coast. Fam. NUMMULINIDA. 1. POLYSTOMELLA, Lamk. 1. P. crtspa, Zinn. Polystomella crispa. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. III, figs. 78-80. Common. 106 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2. P. srrtaro-puncrata, &. & WM. Polystomella umbilicatuia ; and P. umbilicatula, var. incerta. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. III, figs. 81, 82, 82a Common. Small clear-shelled specimens very abundant in the brackish-water pools of Hylton Dene, near Sunderland; also in brackish water near the mouths of the Wansbeck and Coquet. 2. NONIONINA, D’ Ord. 1. N. rurera, Well. Rotalina turgida. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. IV, figs. 95-97. Berwick Bay, 30 to 40 fathoms, rare. Off Holy Island, rare. 2. N. umpinicatuta, Montagu. Nonionina Barleeana. Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. IV, figs. 68, 69. Durham coast, 40 to 48 fathoms, rare. 3. N. pepressuta, W. & J. Nonionina crassula (page 33); N. umbilicatula (page 97). Rec. For. Gt. Br. Pl. IV, figs ADs, Found sparingly both im littoral sands and in material dredged from various portions of the coast; common in brackish water at the mouth of the Wansbeck. 4, N.Scarma, #. & M@. (Pl. XII, figs. 10, a.b. | Two beautiful and well marked specimens of this form, its first occurrence on the British coast, were collected from the sands dredged in 40 to 48 fathoms off Seaham. It is one of the Norwegian species figured by Messrs. Parker and Jones as Vonio- nina communis, D’Orb. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2nd Series, vol. XIX, p. 287); but it is also found in the seas of temperate and tropical regions, and occurs in a fossil condition in many Tertiary deposits. , EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Fig. 1. Spiroloculina excavata, D’ Orb. Magnified 25 diameters, a, Side view. b. Edge view. Fig. 2. Quinqueloculina subrotunda, Montagu. Magnified 50 diameters. NADTURALISTS’ FIELD CLUBS. 107 Fig. 3. Lituola Scorpiurus, Montfort. Magnified 100 diameters. Fig. 4, Lagenadistoma, P. § J. Magnified 75 diameters. a. Side view. b. End view. Uvigerina irregularis, nov. spec. Magnitied 65 diameters. 5| hie oe or Fig. 6. Textularia complexa, nov. spec. Magnified 80 diameters. a. Side view. b. End view. Fig. 7. Bigenerina digitata, D’Ord. (Fragment.) Magnified 25 diameters. Fig. 8. Bolivina punctata, D’Ord. Magnified 80 diameters. a. Side view. b. Edge view. Vig. 9, Truncatulina refulgens, Montfort. Magnified 30 diameters. a. Upper surface. b. Under surface. c, Side view. Vig. 10. Nonionina Scapha, / § M@. Magnified 100 diameters. a. Side view. b. End view. Vi.—WNaturalists’ Field Clubs; thew Objects and Organization. By Guorcn 8. Bray. Av the time of the establishment of our Club, on the 25th of April, 1846, there existed, I believe, only one similar institution in this country, viz., the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Field Club, which began operations so early as 1831, and owed its formation mainly to the zeal and energy of the late Dr. George Johnston, of Berwick. Without wishing in the least degree to under-value the many other associations of a similar character now flourish- ing through the length and breadth of our islands, I think we may safely assert that these two Northumberland Clubs have been surpassed by none in usefulness and success. And it is quite a legitimate subject of pride to us, that up to this time the only Field Clubs which have published ‘‘ Transactions” of any recog- nized scientific value are those of Berwickshire and Tyneside. But the Clubs with which we have now to maintain a friendly competition—their name is Legion; they are full of energy and 108 NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUBS; full of funds—many of them, at least. And they likewise number in their ranks many naturalists of great attamments, whose writings, were they disposed so to bestow them, could not but confer considerable value on any publications in which they appeared. There seems therefore to be no reason why other Clubs, if they chose to do so, should not equal us in the matter of Transactions. I think, therefore, that we should scarcely rest content with merely following year after year the old beaten track. Stare per antiguas vias would be scarcely a good motto for a Field Club. The beaten track is a good one, so far as it goes; but the question is whether we may not, with advantage to the chief objects of our Society, occasionally modify and add to the ordinary course of our proceedings in such a way as to promote not only the pleasure of the members, and the prosperity of the Club, but likewise the scientific ends originally contem- plated by it. Let us, in the first place, briefly glance at some of the younger Clubs, and their modus operandi. 1 do not know how many Clubs are at present extant, but I have the names of about twenty, which I fancy are far from forming a complete list. The more important of the societies I have tabulated as follows, ar- ranging them in order of age. Date. Subscription. No. of Members. Berwickshire Naturalists’ eld ibe ee 1831 6s. 206 iyaresideyNeeHa) Cleaner, 1846 OSHS ae. 522 Cotteswold N. F.C. ...... 1846 | 10s. 2is. e. f. 94 Warwickshire N. F.C. ....| 1854 3s. 6d. 93 Manchester Field Natural- MGS! SOM 5066 soc odds 1860 | 10s.6d. 10s. 6d.e.f.| About 500. itiverpoolyNelian Ca eee 1860 5s. 633 Bristol Naturalists’ Society] 1862 5s. 195 The numbers here given apply to June, 1864. There is considerable diversity in the mode of proceeding adopted by these societies, but they all agree, I believe, in two important respects. They hold no property such as libraries and museums; but they do hold field meetings in their respective districts during the months of summer and autumn. The Man- chester and Liverpool Clubs include a large number of ladies— THEIR OBJECTS AND ORGANIZATION. 109 perhaps about one third or one fourth—and their field arrange- ments seem to be considerably adapted to the convenience of the fair sex, as regards length of walks, &e. For the same reason, I suppose, it was thought desirable, in one of the circulars of the Liverpool Club sent to me last summer, to state that the ‘‘ mini- mum stile gauge” in the course of the afternoon’s excursion was one foot. These two Clubs (Manchester and Liverpool) seem to content themselves chiefly with afternoon excursions, starting at one or two oclock and getting tea at five—mostly in some school- room or other suitable place lent for the purpose. I need scarcely say that I think our time-honoured course of proceeding, taking the whole day for an excursion, is much preferable to that of the Laneashire men. Neither should I like to see introduced into our programmes the system of giving prizes for the best collec- tions of plants gathered during the day’s excursion. In the case of rare species existing only on a very limited area, one can scarcely imagine a better device to ensure their speedy extermination. Moreover, the practice can scarcely promote the good of science in any way that I can see. The study of Nature ought to be and is, to every real student, its own reward, and [ should think that such a one will scarcely be found condescending to a compe- tition for a prize of this kind. During a recent visit to Man- chester, I learnt from a lady who occasionally attended these meetings, that many rare plants had in fact been exterminated by the process referred to. The Liverpool naturalists try a dredging excursion occasionally for a change, but on board a steamer crowded with a multitude of the curious of both sexes, it is not likely that much serviceable dredging can be done; and such is practically the case, for so far as I can learn, nothing of consequence has been taken on these excursions. The one point in which the Lancashire Clubs surpass us—and I fear it must bé confessed that in this respect we are ‘‘no- where”’—is in the magnificence of their Winter Evening Soireés and Conversaziones. But though one can scarcely help looking with a sort of envy on these grand demonstrations, I am, for my own part, very far from wishing that the energy and funds of 110 NATURALISTS FIELD CLUBS; our own Club should be expended im the attempt to do likewise. As to these soireés I did not get much enlightenment from the fair informant previously referred to. She said there was mostly such a dreadful crush that no one could see anything. This probably is the generally received standard of the success of a conversazione, and I suppose that in that respect Manchester can scarcely have surpassed some of our own experiences on a some- what less ambitious scale. The objects of Naturalists’ Field Clubs (at any rate of our Club) may be said to be twofold: Fst, the study of Nature out of doors, and (as being inseparably connected with this) the col- lection of specimens for more minute examination at home— secondly, the preservation of natural objects from wanton or useless destruction. So important has our Club considered this last part of its functions that the longest of its rules is especially devoted to the subject, and enters into it with more minuteness than is usual in such codes. But Iam not aware that we haye as yet ever seen the way to any concerted action respecting it. As regards the out-of-doors study of Nature, the chief means which we, as a Club, have adopted, has been that of field meet- ings, and there seems very little improvement to suggest with respect to them. They are, as all who have attended them well know, very pleasant occasions: even a ‘‘juicy’’ day can scarcely be said usually to throw much of a damp upon the proceedings, and if we could ensure the attendance of those who are bent upon work as well as those who want merely a day’s genial relaxation, there would be little left to desire. Our meetings have hitherto been restricted entirely to places within the boundaries of North- umberland and Durham, but we have no rule to that effect; and now that the facilities of railway travelling are so great, there seems to be no valid reason why our rambles should not occasion- ally be extended to more distant localities. It is true that the country near our doors demands the first attention, and should always—until we have pumped it completely dry—have the main share of it; but we must remember that the boundary lines laid down upon maps have often no existence in Nature, and such is the case, to some extent, in our own region. Moreover, our THEIR OBJECTS AND ORGANIZATION. Lil neighbours to the west seem to be in a state of what Dr. Chalmers would have called ‘‘ brutal ignorance’ in the matter of Natural History: they have no such products of advanced civilization as Field Clubs! And why should their fields he fallow when they are within our reach? There are many places of most tempting beauty and interest just over our borders: why should we not visit them? Think of Saltburn, Rokeby, Alston, Talkin Tarn, Lanercost, Naworth, Yetholm, and many others. It seems to me that it would be a wholesome innovation to allow each year one, at least, of our meetings to be held beyond the limits of the two counties. Though the pursuit of Natural History is avowedly the chief end and object of the field meetings, they certainly answer another and scarcely a less important purpose very admirably. They offer a means of friendly intercourse between those who have the same pursuits and who probably, under other circumstances, might never shake hands together from one year’s end to another. There has been of late a good deal of difference of opinion amongst us with respect to the Marsden meeting, which seems to be looked upon as the natural wind-up of the summer’s proceedings. The great advantage of the Marsden gathering is the easy accessibility of the place to most of our members: many find their way there who get to none of the other meetings, their interest in the Club is kept up, and though Natural History is generally at a discount, so far as any very abstruse researches are concerned, I believe that very important benefit results to the Club from this great social gathering of its members. It may not be quite out of the province of a Naturalists’ Field Club to exert itself where it can for the promotion of our know- ledge of the Natural History of regions far remote from our own, - and there is one mode of doing this which we might without much difficulty put in practice. By encouraging the masters of merchant vessels (of which so many sail from our north-eastern ports to all parts of the world) to collect and preserve such objects of Natural History as opportunity brings within their reach, we should doubtless add largely both to our knowledge of the pro- ductions of foreign seas, and to the treasures preserved in our museums and private collections. The Literary and Philosophical 112 NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUBS}; Society of Liverpool has of late exerted itself successfully in this way. By its direction a pamphlet of about fifty pages was printed, and extensively distributed amongst the captains of vessels sailing from Liverpool. The pamphlet contains directions for the capture and preservation of all such organisms as are likely to fall in the way of seafaring men, and though I do not know minutely what the results of this step have been, I have been informed in general terms that the naturalists and the mu- seum of Liverpool have reaped considerable benefit from it. It would certainly appear to be worth while to adopt a similar course of proceeding here. Perhaps a pamphlet of smaller size than that just noticed might be found sufficient, and would of course be proportionally less expensive. And possibly the Natural History Society, as being the owners of the museum, might incur this expense with more propriety than the Field Club. In any case the subject deserves consideration, and I hope may ere long receive it. ' Our Club has, I think, done well in according to meteorology a considerable share of attention, and in making the observations recorded by its members and others the subject of an annual report, which year by year increases in comprehensiveness and value. These records of carefully made observations in a district so diversified in its physical aspects as ours, must in the course of time form an invaluable collection of data, and it is much to be desired that every one in the two counties who keeps such memoranda should communicate them to the Club. Many of the more remote districts are yet quite unrepresented in our tables. Besides the practical usefulness of meteorological science, it has great interest for naturalists in the influence exerted by atmos- pherie conditions in the distribution of plants and animals. And in relation to this part of the subject it may be noted that an exceedingly instructive and little worked field of research is here open to any one who, having sufficient leisure, will take the trouble to become sufficiently well acquainted with our local flora. I refer to the determination of the heights attained by different species on our hills: this, with the aid of a good pocket barometer—now easily attainable—is very easily ascertained, THEIR OBJECTS AND ORGANIZATION. 113 and any one contemplating a summer’s holiday amongst the Che- viots or other of our upland districts could scarcely employ it more pleasantly or profitably than in a pursuit of this kind. And at the same time, the geological formations affected by different species might also be noticed. The Flora of Northumberland and Durham which we still hope to see produced by Mr. Baker and Dr. Tate, will comprise, not merely a list of plants and their habitats, but an attempt to treat the subject in a philosophical manner with reference to the physical, climatological, and litho- logical distribution of the various species. Of course, any care- fully gathered information bearing upon these subjects will be most acceptable to the authors. As regards the preservation from destruction of antiquities, objects of natural history, &c., I do not see that, except by the individual influence and example of their members, Clubs like ours have much power in their hands. That there is in many respects great need of some kind of influence being brought to bear cannot admit of a doubt. The constant murder of different kinds of birds under the mistaken name of vermin, and the whole- sale pillage of the smaller birds’ nests committed by small boys are among the greatest evils of this nature. The first will pro- bably not be much bettered under the present monstrously unjust and barbarous system of game laws. The second would seem to be susceptible of no other remedy than the penal system adopted in France, one which probably would not be very well borne amongst us. It was suggested to me some time ago by the Rev. W.S. Shields, of Warden, that the Club might advantageously circulate among landowners a memorial protesting against the useless slaughter of harmless birds, and pointing out the mistaken ideas under which such a system is kept up. And it seems to be well worth consideration, whether we might not adopt this suggestion. The extermination of rare plants and ferns is perhaps a smaller evil, but still a grievous one: moreover, it is generally brought about by hands more polite than those of gamekeepers and country lads—perhaps even by members of Field Clubs them- selves. It is difficult, too, to speak in general or very sweeping I 114 | METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1864, terms in condemnation of it, for, when a man wants a fern for his herbarium or his greenhouse, it is hard to say he may not take it. Yet it would be well if we could learn to enjoy and to study more the beauty of these plants in their natural abodes—a beauty far surpassing that which they can ever attain under arti- ficial conditions—and for the sake of this refuse to gratify the destructive or acquisitive tendencies of our nature. There is even some risk of plants once tolerably common becoming rare from the depredations of collectors and nurserymen. A very few years ago in Far Easedale, an unfrequented glen near Grasmere, the banks of the stream were rich with forests of Osmnuda yegalis. Last autumn not a plant of it remained. From the more accessible habitats of Rydal and Grasmere it has long since disappeared, though it once fringed the lakes with luxuriant beauty. VIl.—Meteorological Report for 1864. Edited by Gro. Crayton Arxrinson,. Esq. (LOCAL OBSERVATIONS FOR 1864.) MR. G. C. ATKINSON, WYLAM. January.—Hard frost till 10th; then short frosts and thaws till 20th; afterwards windy open weather till the end. Baro- meter steady till 20th and declining gradually, then fluctuating till 31st; mean height 28-877 at Literary and Philosophical So- ciety in Newcastle corrected for everything. February.—A good deal of E. wind, as shown by high clouds overhead; though generally W. in valley; latter part of month calm. Barometer pretty steady ; mean height 29-890. March.-—Larks singing on 2nd; apricot in blossom on cold wall on 19th. Cold dull month, with very little sunshine. Barometer fluctuating; mean height 29:695. April.—Ribes sanguinea in flower on 7th; pear on open wall on 9th; and Sand Martins seen on 9th; black thorn on 17th; and Willow Wren heard 17th. Fine month, though chill winds from N.E. prevailed for the last week. The middle of the month BY GEORGE CLAYTON ATKINSON, ESQ. 115 was, I think, fourteen days behind the average of the last eight years. Barometer steady; mean height 30-049. May.—Oak leaf out on 1st; strawberries in garden in flower on 8rd; white-thorn on 16th; Gloire-de-Dijon rose on cold wall on 16th. A fine month; the temperature on the 18th being 81°, which is higher than I remember it in May. Barometer remark- ably steady ; mean height 30-013. For many years during May and June, a few Dotterel used to be shot on the Town Moor at Newcastle; calling as it appeared on their way to the Borrowdale mountains to breed. The drain- age of the Moor, and other things, have thinned their numbers from year to year. They were usually sold at Mr. Pape’s shop. This year, 1864, he tells me he has had none, and in 1863 only one. Ten or twelve years since, I used to buy them of him for 9d. a-piece ; but the feathers being much in request for dress- ing trout-flies, he has sold them of late years, at 2/6 each. June.—Fine month, with very little variation in the barometer. Roses very fine, and foliage of all kinds luxuriant. Barometer very steady ; mean height 30-263. July.—Very fine month—especially during latter half; the former part being chill with E. wind. Barometer steady; mean height 29-970. August.—Fine month. Drought much complained of through- out the greater part of England, and on the Continent; it has been dry here, but not exceedingly so. Hay is scanty, but very good and well got in; it is worth £7 perton. Grouse are fine and pretty abundant; they are selling at 5/ a brace in Newcastle. Salmon has been fairly abundant, and selling, once or twice, as low as 10d. per tb. A great number of grilse have been in the Tyne this summer; very few in 1863. Apples, pears, and apricots, abundant and good. The vicissitudes of temperature this month have been remarkable, ranging between 80° and 31°. Barometer again steady ; mean height 30-044. September.—A fine month, though rain fell on twenty-five days in succession, in very small amount, however. Corn har- vest good; wheat harvest better than usual ; oats not so abundant. Barometer steady but wavering ; mean height 29-817. 116 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1864, October.—Very fine till 16th, with an exceedingly steady baro- meter, which fell suddenly on 16th, and fluctuated violently till the 31st. The latter part of the month was wetter than I ever remember ; the total amount of rain, (6°67 inches), all fell after the 16th ; the amount registered on the morning of 23rd was 1°54, which I think is the largest fall I have known in twenty-four hours, excepting in thunder storms. Mean height of barometer 29°873. November.—A most singular month as regards the fluctuations of the barometer ; two very sudden and violent depressions occur- ring (on 18th and 18th) without any great amount of local wind or rain; another, commencing on 24th, was succeeded by a 8.E. gale on the coast of Northumberland, during which (more how- ever owing to a heavy sea than to the wind) the unfortunate steam ship ‘‘Stanley’”? was wrecked upon the Black Middens, and thirty-nine people drowned. Mean height of barometer 29-696. December.—A fine month with very steady barometer; the mean height of which was 29:981. Mr. G. Wailes, Gateshead. Between January Ist and October 18th, 15°53 inches of rain fell; between 19th and 30th October, 7°27; the wettest day was October 27, when 1-99 fell. Mr. C. H. Cadogan, Brinckburn. July the driest ever known here. The rain in October was all in fifteen days; the greatest quantity in one day being 1:75 inch. The Rey. J. E. Leefe, Cresswell. Only once since 1856 has so much rain fallen in October, and that was in 1862, when the amount registered was 4°5 inches; the fall in October, 1864, being 4:42. The Rey. R. F. Whecler, Whitley. The heaviest fall was on October 29th, when 1-21 fell. BY GEORGE CLAYTON ATKINSON, ESQ. 117 The Rey. George Iliff, Field House, Sunderland. The fall in October was the heaviest registered by me since 1854; and the heaviest day’s fall was on October 28rd, when 1°38 fell. Mr. J. Wilfred Mounsey, Hendon Hill. Nearly -75 of rain fell on 22nd October in about thirteen minutes. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. The rainfall in 1864, estimating it by table (27), of returns from six sets of stations feeding the Tyne above Wylam Bridge, was greatly in excess of the average quantity during the six win- ter months; i.e., from October to March both included; the fall amounting to 20°35 inches; while for the remaining six months, from April to September both included the fall was 9°93, mak- ing together 30:28. Had the fall in winter and summer been in the proportion shown by fifteen years’ observations at West Denton* and Wylam, this 30 inches would have given 14 for the winter and 16 for the summer half of the year. The monthly height of the Tyne at Wylam Bridge, is placed in a parallel column (27) to that of the rain, at places supplying it; very little coimcidence however exists between them; a fact not to be wondered at when the different circumstances under which rain falls are considered. Thus the Tynometer was highest on 14th March, when on the melting of the snow the water reached 16°5 feet, and the mean height of the river was also highest (3°83) for the same month ; the ground being saturated with moisture, as well as in some measure impenetrable by reason of frost, so that all that fell upon it flowed away immediately into the Tyne ; while the great fall in the end of October occurred after a very dry summer, and was in a great measure absorbed by the earth at the time. Speaking generally, the fall for the year in the districts of our tables did not vary much from the average quantity ; some places showing less and some more. * T use the West Denton observations here merely for the comparative amount of rain monthly. 118 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1864, The quantity which fell in the end of October was extraor- dinary indeed: Mr. G. J. Symons, who has taken infinite pains with the subject of rainfall in Britain, states that 11 per cent. of the year’s fall is the average for October; while (by 27) it will be seen that our per-centage for October was 22 per cent.— just double. Ranged in order of increase of fall, the following succession presents itself :— Southern District........ (2 observations) ........ 22°75 inches Bast; Cousthena cee (6 5 Visa ee see PMS Midland District ......-. (8 #3 ah erate oe PPD) ce Northern. meen (3 “i Nemve renters 27:44, INewcastleme ib eeeer ene (2 - rather oe 2850s F ce Wiite ee (3 e yee cannes Chon INorthyityaie yisrierrsle ql 5 Nee Sh 2.92) Coquet Walenta) stee.. (1 3 Ne teyeiateel one ORO weapins Alllenheads seneeeirie streral cl 5 Daas i ARE 43:24" 9, As having some reference to this part of the subject, I may mention, that on reducing the level of the great flood of 1771, as marked in the garden of the maister’s house at Ovingham, to one of the Ordnance Survey marks at the foot of the Crow Tree Bank closely adjacent, that flood appears to have reached a level of 53°65 feet above the Ordnance datum, i.e., the mean of high and low water at Liverpool. ft had intended to trace the height of that flood above the same datum, at other points; but, finding that the places where any record of its height had been kept, were as far as I could learn, all within the influence of the tide, I have not done so. Of the wind we have only three returns, which show the mean direction and amount at Seaham, to have been W. 3° 8. = 78 p.c. at Wylam, W. 12° No. 72 ,, at Howick, 8. 15° W. — 40 ,, The remarkably tranquil state of the barometer during April, May, June, July, August, September, and to the 16th October ; was attended by an equally undisturbed atmosphere. In the early part of February there were some high winds, and also after the sudden fall of the barometer on October 16th, though they were not so much felt here, as in other parts of England. BY GEORGE CLAYTON ATKINSON, ESQ. ALY, November, with exceeding disturbance of the barometer, had some violent storms ; in one of which, on the 24th, the ‘‘ Stanley”’ steamer was wrecked on the Black Middens, and thirty-nine lives were lost; but as in October, the violent falls in the barometer were not attended by corresponding disturbance of the air in this neighbourhood. In December the barometer again steadied, and though the weather was sometimes rather windy, the month was on the whole fine. Of the barometer, I give the mean of the of the 9 a.m., 3 p.m., and 9 p.m. daily observations (excluding Sundays) at the Literary and Philosophical Society. It will be observed that the mean monthly height for April, May, June, July, and August, is above the average height for the whole year, as might be supposed from the rainless summer we had. The returns of temperature which have been sent in are even more meagre than last year ; which is exceedingly to be regretted. The mean temperature for the year at Wylam, as will be seen by the table, is 46°7; that of seven years under the same circum- stances being 47:5; showing 1864 to have been -08° below the average. There does not seem to be any remark called for as to its distribution. The lowest point to which the thermometer fell at Wylam, was 15° on January 4th and 7th; and the highest was 81:5° on July 19th. I must not close these circumscribed observations on our local temperature, without calling attention to a remarkable fact elabor- ately worked out by Mr. Glaisher, from the records of the obser- vations at Greenwich, of nearly a century; and recorded by him in the February Proceedings of the Meteorological Society; to which, as an instance of the ingenious employment of a stupend- ous collection of observations, and of scientific tact and courage in grappling with them, I must refer my readers. The facts he deduces are, 1. That our climate in the last 100 years has altered. 2. That the temperature of the year is 2° warmer now than it was 100 years since. 3. That the month of January is 3° warmer. 120 MR. G. S. BRADY ON THE 4. That the winter months are all much warmer, and every month in the year somewhat warmer than formerly. There can be no kind of doubt, I think, of the perfect correct- ness of his deductions, and the soundness of his data; moreover, he proves his figures by the quotation of general memoranda of the weather during the years in question, which corroborate the instrumental records; and I think Mr. Glaisher clearly and in- contestably establishes his point. The only question is, can any local circumstances affect the mean temperature of Greenwich? Is it not possible that a good deal may be due to the increase of smoke and vapour, preventing the radiation of heat; and that even the exceedingly increased traffic and movement on railways on the Thames and neighbour- hood may cause an appreciable amount of heat; much of it also created, as it is, by steam power ? If there be no cause of this kind, the fact is indeed a most extraordinary one. I applied to a very high scientific authority in Paris, to know whether any such change has been observed in France, during the same period; but have received no information. VIUII.— Climatological Tables relative to Flowering a Plants, §e., 1864. Edited by Grorex 8. Brapy. (1) Zable showing Dates of Budding, &c., wy Forest Tr ces. | RODDAM. j | No. SHIELDS. SEAHAM. WHORLTON. FORRES pd es ph rc Ja ETE | TSE | ese | a De | TREES. In In In |Divested| In In In In |Divested| Bud. | Leaf. | Leaf. jof leaves} Bud. | Leaf. | Bud. | Leaf. jof leaves) Nideriacttrcrsd| ecteee al |lpeeese sri \eehciee? Wyo, WO) I Ea AI) Soosc0 || secs |) scones | Ash. Apr. 19/May 19|May 27) ...... Apr. 29|May 16)Apr. 20] May 1 | Oct. 28 } Beech ..|Apr. 10/May 10) May6| ...... Apr. 26| May 3 |Apr. 17|Apr. 28| Novy. 1 | TE3URUDL cocoocood! Goosod ||) aoco0d |] -coo500. |} _ coson9 Apr. 25| May 2 |Apr. 10|Apr. 20] Noy. 1] i Elm...... poo} coso0D gocnon. |} Wiley) |] leis 1S) |) yor Noes I) Sanson |] coaoas |} onse03 IDENMRAN W, 40 p. ct, Tnsienieae aye woae tne Wh Mean ......| 30:28 2:46 29:9307 38-1 52'8 45-45 | 38:9 54:6 4674 | 47:5 | —0°8 * Six Stations are Wy- 9. (29) Mr. G. J. Symons states the average rain for October to be 11 per lam, Bywell, Allenheads, (28) Bingfield, Park End, ana Mean of 7 Whittle Dean Stations. Cent. of the Year’s fall. : cs oS cal laa BAKE Wee mes hal si eee enw ere ri 1S + a tts M ny ca Pay yin: ‘toa ead ate k eae, bas viet rs Nee poo Sees Socet scl sh sa —- ES Sy oa FLOWERING OF PLANTS, ETC. side of the tree was quite bare, while the north side still held its leaves, and some of them quite green. (2) Table showing dates of Flowering of Trees and Plants, FRUIT TREES, SHRUBS, AND PLANTS. Apple us) é Cherry | oS oe. Pear ve... S | a. Plum......) 7 ote Black Thorn ......... f Bramble ...... panascade PPETOOM cs cceesese sm scces | Currant, Black ...... >» Red Flowrng. } Gooseberry ... | Hawthorn f Hazell cwecesceee “ } Honeysuckle ......... | Laburnum ............ } Mountain Ash......... } Privet .... f Rose ....... See allOwaccwessccskessesss Whin or Furze ...... H AN@MONE........0ce000e | Blue-bell ... Coltsfoot .... # Dandelion . Grarslicgsnesasnessoceeencs Lily of the Valley... IPTIMTOSE)

| LIL | 12> | 88 |678 166 | O8 | O79 [°° **** BIsoUseU I-FE | 6-88 | 6-29 | G16 | 1-99 | 8-16 0-26] O.9F | °°" “7°77 ** OULIT FO PeMOgrery | yates (Sr eet een ‘syzed 001 UT F:08 9. 8-1 G-GD 9-69 5-66 | G-86 | ¢-L¢ 1g ov bY 6h 69: 96: GG. 40. 80-1 | 86: T0-L | 28: G9. v8: GP: Gs neat eet nee BTS Ug OC i 00-T | 00-T | OOT | 00-T | 00-L | 00-L | 00-T | 00-1 |*°° °°" °° ****** **outT] Jo apemoqreH ‘uoyzodoaid o1m0yy 8.9F | Ler | L-9r | &-8e | G-Ge | 9-1P | 00-82] 3-08 |*°t'°° °° °° Biseuseut ——— G89 | 6S | 68S | 1-19 | G79 | FBG | 00-32] 869 [°° 8888 8° atATT Jo oyeU0qseD ‘sqred QOT UT Oe || OB fy | a tik) Mie 898 | ip PPR OPPS Ce ae stata a | 00-T | 00-1 } 00-1 | 00-1 | 00-1 | 00-1 | “°° | 00-1 ;*°° °° °° **°"** = StaTT Fo ayeuOgteH ‘uotjzodord o1mi07 00-T | 00-1 | 00-T 668 | 9-25 | 78e | OGr | Ler | 8-07 | 67s | Gel | 0-8G | “°° | Og jets elseusem ———-———— | 1-99 | ¥GL | 9-19 | P29 | 6:99 | Z-69 | 1-29 | 8-78 | 0-62 |OOOT | 0-86 |*°" °°" "°°" *** SUIT Jo opemoque/) ‘sqjaed QOT Uy SOLVNOUUVO AMLAVE FO NOILVIGHN DHL DNIMOHS ‘AI AIAVL MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES AND OBSERVATIONS. 231 XXIV.—Miscellaneous Notices and Observations. Note on Fungi from Newton Cap Colliery.—None of our mem- bers have, I believe, paid any attention to the Fungi, and it is much to be desired that some one not afraid of honest work, and at a loss for a subject on which to exercise himself, would take up this unwrought field of research. The subject, except per- haps amongst the microscopic forms, would not be beset with any very serious difficulties. The recent publications of the Rey. M. J. Berkeley, the first living authority on this branch of botany, have much smoothed the way for students of the English species. His ‘‘ Outlines of British Fungology,’’ together with the series of papers now appearing in the ‘‘ Intellectual Observer,’’ consti- tutes an excellent guide. The only published memoranda on the Fungi of Northumberland and Durham are, so far as I know, those contained in Winch’s Flora, which, of course, are very im- perfect, and not at all consonant with the present state of science. Indeed many microscopic forms are there included amongst the Algee. The life-history of the terrestrial Algze and their rela- tions to the young forms of Lichens and Fungi is a subject full of interest, and having in it work for a lifetime: a most pains- taking and able commencement of this enquiry has already been made by Dr. J. B. Hicks. Both for this, and for the study of the Fungi in particular, our damp northern climate offers many advantages, while the varied physical features of our two coun- ties (comprising as they do great variety of soil and elevation-— wooded, sheltered glens, alternating with exposed moorland and arid crag) would doubtless afford a large variety of species to the diligent hunter. During the excursion of the Club, last autumn, - to Knarsdale and Barhaugh Burn, I noticed a great number of species, some of them of enormous size and wonderful beauty of colour. Some of these I collected with a view of determining the species, but having my hands full of other work, I never accomplished this purpose. For the specimens now exhibited (February, 1866) I am in- debted to Mr. Kirkby, who some few weeks ago kindly sent me a similar sample, which I forwarded to Mr. Berkeley, with a 232 MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES AND OBSERVATIONS. request that he would be good enough to name them. ‘These Fungi were all obtained from the colliery workings of Newton Cap Pit, mostly from the pit-props, but in part from the surface of the coal itself. The species, as determined by Mr. Berkeley, are as follows:—Agaricus fascicularis, Corticium lacteum, Ozo- nium auricomum, Polyporus annosus, Merulius lacrymans, Poly- porus trebeus.— George S. Brady, Sunderland, February, 1866. Flock of Starlings on the Sea-coast, near Hartley.—On the 28th of June last, I noticed a great number of the common Starling (Sturnus vulgaris) at the north end of Whitley sands. They were in a flock of several hundreds, and appeared to have been dwelling there for some time, as everything upon which they could perch was whitened by their droppings. The object of attraction was, I think, a large bed of decaying Algz, which swarmed with myriads of flies and their larve. I have often seen large flocks of Starlings inland, but this is the first time that I have noticed them on the coast. and nine gentlemen were ing the Hartford Bridge excursion ;’ elected members of the Club. At half-past six the excursionists brought their rambles to an end by reaching the Milton Station in a high wind, and amid clouds of dust, to take the return tram to Newcastle. The Turrp Firrp Merrie was appointed for the 20th July. On this occasion the Club, represented by between twenty and thirty members from Newcastle, Shields, Sunderland, Hexham, &c., (the general election in the County of Durham keeping many at home, ) alighted at about eight o’clock at the Wark Station on the North British line, and crossing the wooden bridge, entered the square of the ancient city of Wark. Turning sharply to the left beyond the square, they mounted the Mote Hill, a natural gravelly and prominent elevation, on the summit of which, and in the fresh open air, Dr. Charlton read to the surrounding members an interesting paper on ‘‘ The Ses- sions of the Liberty of Tynedale, held at Wark, in the Thirteenth Century,” which will be published in the forthcoming part of the Transactions. After breakfast at the Grey Bull the Club, under the guidance of Dr. Charlton, left Wark by the west road, and after a pleasant climb up the hill pastures in the deliciously warm morning sun- shine, they struck Wark Burn at Ramshaw’s Mill, wandered up the Burn for two orthree miles enjoying the pretty scenery, and examining the outskirts of the Coal Measures as seen in occasional R 240 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. sections on the face of the scaurs, and the Mountain Limestone, which here succeeds the coal strata. They were joined by W. H. Charlton, Esq., of Hesleyside, who pointed out many of the peculiarities of this place and district. Rose’s Bower,* about four miles up from Wark, was reached, after the sulphur well a little below had been tasted. The water of this well is no doubt possessed of considerable medicinal power, and rivals that of Gilsland. This so-called bower, formerly the pale or fortified residence of Anthony Milburne, a border chieftain, stands on the north bank of the burn on the edge of a precipitous rock, which is cut off from the land on the west side by a deep dell, partly artificial, © into which falls in a cascade a small tributary of the Wark Burn. The remains of the ancient bower have been converted into a farm house, which is now easily accessible from the north. A few old, and weather-beaten trees, on the top and sides of the rock, afford some scanty shelter from the storms of winter, and give a picturesqueness to the scene. A little above Rose’s Bower is the Linn, a remarkably wild and beautiful spot, where the mountain limestone forms an ir- regular but imperfect barrier to the waters of the burn. Little water, owing to the prevalent drought, was on the occasion of our visit passing over it; but during winter the stream must at times leap in a violent, tumultuous, and impressive fall on the rocks below. Cystopteris fragilis, Polypodium phegopteris, and dryopteris were gathered, and above the Linn, Asplenium trichomanes, and several of the commoner species of ferns. About a mile above the Linn was observed one of the so-called petrifying waters trickling down the face of a deep scaur, and encrusting the mosses and grasses in its course. Leaving the Wark Burn at this point, the party walked north- wards over the moory pastures and struck the Howkesty Burn about Linacres. The devious and charming windings of this * The name Bower (I am informed by Dr. Charlton) is probably derived from the Anglo Saxon for a dwelling place. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 241 ream were followed till the Bellingham road was met with, and along this the Club returned fatigued but gratified to Wark. A very good dinner, well served, was in store for them, and was greatly enjoyed. i After dinner five members were elected, and Dr. Embleton read a short paper by the Rev. W. Greenwell and himself, on an Ancient British Burial, and on the skull of the person interred, at Ilderton, Northumberland. The Rey. G. R. Hall also read a carefully prepared paper ‘‘On the Opening and Examination of a Barrow of the British Period at Warkshaugh.”’ As these two contributions will be published in extenso in our Transactions, it is unnecessary that I should further refer to them here. Soon after the reading of these papers the train received the party, who reached home full of pleasant recollections. The Fourra Fretp Merrie took place on the 17th of August. The weather was unsettled, but thirty members started from the Central Station at 5-15 for Leamside, and being joined there by others from Sunderland, &c., proceeded by Durham and Bishop Auckland to the charming vale of the Tees, and left the train at Barnard Castle. After a substantial breakfast, some of the party visited the ruins of the old castle, others the church: vehicles: having then been obtained, a small section drove off to see the High Force; while the rest, crossing the Tees, walked on to Lartington Beck admiring the bold and commanding position of Baliol’s Castle seated on its high and rocky base, and the _ splendid river and woodland scenery. Following the windings of the beautiful Lartington Beck for three or four miles, and visiting the remarkable and enormous granite boulder which is supposed to have travelled from Shap Fell, they passed from the western termination of the Coal Measures to the Millstone Grit, huge masses of which, lying in the bed of the Beck, here and there nearly bar its passage. They passed under the light and elegant viaduct that spans Deep Dale, carrying high in air the heavy railroad trains that, passing with speed, send scarcely any vibration to the bases of the iron columns of support. Further 949 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. up, the valley is hemmed in by precipitous rocks and dense woods, beyond which it suddenly opens out into a bare moun- tain region. Quitting then the valley, after the cascade had been viewed, the members struck out northwards and visited the old fish-ponds of Lartington, and through pleasant fields, and with a splendid country wide-spread before them, they wound their way to Lartington Hall, the seat of the Rev. Thos. Witham. By this gentleman they were most kindly and hospitably received, and had the gratification of seeing many masterpieces of art in his elegant mansion. The famed Museum of geology end minera- logy, the paintings by ancient and modern masters, the new gal- lery of entrance full of rare and beautiful objects, and enriched by the many admirable sculptures in wood by Signor Bulletti, of Neweastle, the complete and scientific new suits of offices in the rear of the house, the spacious and beautiful grounds and gar- dens, all received that earnest attention which, though necessarily brief, they justly claimed. ‘The party were with the greatest urbanity escorted through this gem of a highly-educated country gentleman’s seat by Mr. Witham. himself, and nothing was want- ing to the completion of the enjoyment of the whole of the visitors, so that they bore with cheerful complacency the rather heavy rain that accompanied their return to Barnard Castle along the wooded banks of Tees, where another airy viaduct carries the iron road across the valley. The visitors to the Force having returned, the castle, with its precincts, and the church received another visitation, and then an excellent dinner at the ‘‘ King’s Head,”’ flavoured with the best sauce in the world, closed the day’s enjoyment. The members returned by the last train to their respective homes, discussing with delight the geology and botany of the Tees, and the past and present glories and beauties of Barnard Castle and Lartington. Five gentlemen were added to the Club this day. The Fiera Frerp Mrerrne was fixed for the 8th of September. The members who left Newcastle by the 6:15 train were joined at Haltwhistle by others who had proceeded thither the previous PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 243 evening. From thence they went on by train to Slaggyford. There, on leaving the station, they walked a short distance up the South Tyne, then crossing the stream by a footbridge, struck the Barhaugh Burn, the course of which stream was followed for a mile or two. The excursionists then found themselves on Wil- lamstone Fell, from the summit of which the views looking back over the valley of the South Tyne to the Cumberland Hills are very fine. Williamstone Fell was traversed in a north-easterly direction until the Lough at the head of Snowhope Burn was reached. This bleak little tarn, according to the calculation of one of the party, who carried an aneroid barometer, is seventeen hundred and fifty feet above the sea. It contains no vegetation, but is filled with boulders of millstone grit, which at this point makes its appearance above the limestone. Some of the members then went on a little further to examine the ‘‘Old Lough,” a still smaller piece of water, which lies a few hundred yards to the east of the other tarn. It was found to be much overgrown with reeds and grass, and to be surrounded by a very swampy margin. There were indications that this piece of water had once occupied a much larger area, and that it had been diminished in size by drainage. Mr. G. S. Brady found in it Daphnia mucronata, Muller, which was abundant, and also Acantholeberis curvirostris, Miller, Alona elongata, G. O. Sars, and Chydorus sphericus, Miller. In the larger lough there were living Cypris ovum, Jurine, Bosmina longirostris, Miiller, and Alona elongata. The last named species has not as yet been recorded as a member of the British Fauna, though Mr. Brady and myself find it to be not uncommon in the lakes and mountain tarns of the North of England. It has probably hitherto been confounded with Alona quadrangularis. 'The walk down Snowhope Burn was rough and picturesque, and the bed of the stream was followed for a consi- derable part of the distance. During the excursion the ordinary fossils of the limestone were observed in great abundance: the plants gathered were chiefly ferns, and of these there was a fair variety—e.g., Lastrea filix-mas, L. oreopteris, Athyrium p jilixfemina, Cystopteris fragilis,-Asplenium trichomanes, Polypo- dium vulgare, dryopteris and phegopteris, Blechnum boreale, and 944 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Polystichum aculeatum. The Fungi noticed during the day were remarkably fine and numerous. It is much to be regretted that none of our members devote themselves to the study of this section of Cryptogamic Botany. The wild roses, which were beautifully in fruit, would also have well repaid the attention of a botanist intimately acquainted with these most difficult and puzzling plants. Having descended into the valley, the South Tyne was crossed by the bridge near the foot of Snowhope Burn, and Burnstones Inn was reached, where an excellent dinner awaited the naturalists. Three new members were afterwards elected; and the 5°40 train, by Mr. Smiles’ kind permission, having stopped at Burn- stones, the members at that time commenced their homeward journey. The Srxra anp rast Frenp Murrine took place in accord- ance with the custom of many years, at Marsden; and as has previously been the case it proved (from its proximity to the large towns, and the shortness of the walk, which enables ladies to take part in it,) the most attractive rendezvous in the pro- gramme of the year. Indeed, we believe that at no previous meeting of the Club has there been so large an attendance. No less than one hundred and thirteen members and their friends sat down to tea in Mrs. Allen’s cavern reception room. As soon as the tables were cleared the business of the afternoon com- menced with the election of seventeen new members. This was followed by the reading of a paper “On Bacillaria cursoria, its Habitats and peculiar Motions,”’ by Mr. T. P. Barkas. Mr. Thomas Thompson then exhibited a specimen of WVephrops Norvegicus, a species of lobster, which, until within the last few years, was unknown on this part of the coast. It is now how- ever brought to the Newcastle market in considerable numbers, being taken in the trawl nets, the use of which has only recently been introduced by the fishermen. Some discussion then took place respecting a cave recently discovered at Ryhope, in which human and other bones had been PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 245 found in considerable quantity. Ultimately a committee, consist- ing of Dr. Embleton, Rev. W. Greenwell, and Messrs. J. W. Kirkby, G. 8. Brady, and E. C. Robson, was appointed, with a request that they would investigate the nature of the discoveries already made, further explore the cave, and present a report upon the subject to the Club. It was a beautiful autumnal evening as the members separated and dispersed in all directions—some on foot, some in carriages, some by train—to their respective homes. Thus ended our rambles of the year; but we have not been idle during the winter season. Three joint Evening Meetings of the Naturat History Socrery or NorTHUMBERLAND, DurHaAm, And Neweastre-veon-Tyne, and the Tynzsrpe Naturatists’ Frrip Crus have been held, each of which was numerously attended. Indeed, there is reason to think, that the room at present used for these meetings will ere long be found to be wholly inadequate to the purpose. The First Eventne Merrrine took place in the Curator’s Room of the Natural History Society, on Thursday, the 2nd of Novem- ber, when the following papers were read :— : 1. “ On the Organization and Alternate Generation of Salpa spinosa (Otto) as observed in the Channel Islands, by the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A.” I had the pleasure of discovering this highly interesting animal in the British seas for the first time in August last. It was taken in the towing net off Fermain Bay, Guernsey ; and the aggregated chains, the disconnected sexual individuals, and the dissimilar asexual animals were all procured in considerable numbers. The account given to the Club contained observations on the anatomy and physiology of both sexual and asexual forms, partly confir- matory of the accounts given by previous writers (especially Huxley, Sars, and Krohn), and partly supplementary to, and corrective of, their descriptions. I had the good fortune to see the asexual individuals within the body of the aggregated chain animals, and also to witness the reproduction from the former of the Salpa-chains. In one case I was able to watch the successive 246 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. development of three series of chains from the same asexual and gemmiparous mother. Each of these chains (not always produced entire, but more generally separated by the act of extrusion into two or more parts) contained between sixty and seventy animals, arranged in double row, those in the one side being vis-a-vis to those on the other, so that the posterior opening in all the animals is directed outwards. The rapidity of growth in the Salpa-chain while in the act of extrusion from the mother, and during the first twenty-four hours afterwards, is astonishing. The asexual individuals have a threefold mode of progression: first, a regu- lar gliding motion; secondly, an irregular jerking motion; and thirdly, they would sometimes turn somersaults, revolving as it were upon a transverse axis. Mr. G. 8. Brady then read a ‘‘ Note on the Occurrence of Bos- trychia scorpioides on the Northumberland Coast.” This alga, which had not previously occurred in the district, was found by Mr. Brady in brackish water pools at Alnmouth, where it was growing freely, without any basis of attachment. This was followed by ‘‘ Entomological Notes, by Mr. Thomas J. Bold;” after which Mr. Barkas called attention to the recent sudden appearance in the neighbourhood of Neweastle of an aero- nautic spider, in countless myriads, and its equally sudden dis- appearance. The spider in question is a species described in the ‘‘Annals of Natural History” for 1863, under the name of Weriene dentipalpis : up to that time it had only been seen in small num- bers in Wales. On Sunday, the 15th October, 1865, they were exceedingly abundant in all parts of Newcastle, and on the same day they were observed at Hexham. ‘The previous day they were noticed at Bedlington. On the Sunday (October 15th) myriads of them were seen around Bilston, in Staffordshire, and similar numbers on the same day at Blackburn. On the 12th of November swarms of them were covering the rails around Victoria Park, London. These spiders disappeared from the neighbourhood of Newcastle as suddenly as they came, and not one was to be found on the following day. Six members were added to the Club. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. "247 The Szconp Eventine Murrine was held on the 8th of Feb- ruary. The following papers were read :— 1. ‘On Siliceous Casts of Corals from the Refuse of Chemical Works on the Tyne, by Mr. H. B. Brady, F.L.8.” 2. ‘‘ Remarks on the Report of the Commissioners appointed to enquire into the State of the Sea Fisheries, by the Rev. R. F. Wheeler.” 3. * On Diatomacee discovered between Tynemouth and Hartley, by Mr. T. P. Barkas.” After the reading of this paper Messrs. Mawson and Swan exhibited, by means of the Oxyhydrogen Lantern, some micropho- tographs of Diatomaces, and other objects, which had been pho- tographed by Dr. Maddox, of London. The microphotographs were wonderfully beautiful, exhibiting the various objects in such a perfect manner, that the finest sculpture of the Diatoms was seen enormously magnified by means of the lantern. 4. ‘* Natural History Notes,’’ by Mr. John Hogg, F.R.S.” Hight new members were elected. The Turrp Evrnine Merrine was held on Thursday, March 22nd. The room was well filled with members, and the follow- ing papers were read :— 1. ‘On a recently opened Bone Cave at Ryhope, by Messrs. J. W. Kirkby and G. 8. Brady.” This paper will be published in the Transactions. The discussion which ensued drew forth from the Rey. W. Greenwell an extremely interesting account of a cave which had been discovered at Heathery Burn, near Stan- hope. Mr. Greenwell promised to lay before the Society on a future occasion an extended account of this cave; but meanwhile he gave a few particulars respecting the result of his investiga- tions up to the present time. It would appear that this cave had been the habitation of a family consisting of seven persons. The bones had been sent to London and had been partially examined by Professor Huxley, who considered them to belong to the ordi- nary type of people who inhabited our country before the Roman occupation: unfortunately, the human remains had subsequently disappeared in a most remarkable manner. Besides the skeletons 248 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. of this family the cave contamed an enormous quantity of ani- mals’ bones, which in all cases had been broken, apparently with the object of extracting the marrow. It was stated that cart-loads of such bones had been taken away before Mr. Greenwell visited the spot. The cave is of considerable size. Its entrance was near a small stream; and the most probable conjecture appeared to be that during the night, while the tenants were asleep, a heavy thunderstorm had suddenly swollen the burn, that the trunks of two or three trees brought down by the flood had acted as a temporary barrier to the escape of the inhabitants, who were thus drowned within the cave. Had they been killed by enemies the valuable relics, which had been found, would not have been left. Mr. Greenwell had met with the whole belongings of the family. There were traces of fires having been lighted in dif- ferent parts of the cave, and a large quantity of unornamented and imperfectly baked pottery and other articles had been found. All the pottery was broken. ‘There had also been found several arms and implements of warfare including two bronze swords, one of which was broken, the other he had not seen. Eight spear heads were found of various sizes, and of the most beautiful make. He defied any one in the present day to manufacture more beautiful spear-heads, either as regarded the structure or the ornamentation. Eighteen celts, or as some people called them, hatchets, were also found, and together with these a very inter- esting mould, evidently used for casting celts in. Yet curiously enough, although all the celts found differed in size and shape, none of them agreed with that of the mould. There were also a great number of bronze pins very beautifully made, and eight circular discs, each with a small loop at the top, as though for the purpose of attaching them to some woollen or cotton fabric. Besides these there were eight very wide armlets, and three or four others of ordinary size. Then there were a considerable number of bone implements—pins, buttons, &c.: he had come to the conclusion that some of these implements had been used in weaving. A necklace of very humble description, consisting of three shells, which had been suspended on a string, was also among the spoils. All these articles were found upon a sort of PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 249 floor varying from two to three inches in thickness, underlying the stalagmite, with which the bottom of the cave was encrusted; and this circumstance induced him to think that the various things found all belonged to one period. Besides the articles already enumerated, there had been found two very beautiful gold pieces, which he brought with him for the inspection of the Club. One of these was apparently an armlet of a type which was not unfrequently found. The other was a sort of hollow ring—a kind of capsule. It was a very curious object, and it was difficult to assign the use to which it had been put: possibly it might have been used as money. Mr. Greenwell only knew of four or five similar capsules that had been found: one in Anglesea, one in Scotland, two or three in Ireland, and another near Alnwick, where it was discovered in making a railway cut- ting. Could all the articles found in the Heathery Burn cave have been gathered together, they would have formed one of the most.valuable collections in the country, and would have given at a glance some idea of the habits of the people who inhabited Great Britain at a period previous to the Roman invasion. Mr. Greenwell’s highly interesting account of these remains was followed by a paper, from Mr. Mark Bullen, ‘“‘ On a Method of imjecting Anatomical Preparations for the Microscope.”’ Mr. Bullen illustrated his paper by the exhibition of some very beau- tiful injections, which had been made by means of the apparatus which he had devised. = The last paper read at this Meeting was ‘‘ On the Present State of our Knowledge of Hozoin canadense, by Mr. H. B. Brady, F.L.S.” who advocated the views of Sir W. Logan and Dr. Car- penter as to the structure of this rock, ascribing its appearance to the fossilization of organic remains belonging to an animal which he would refer to the Foraminifera; while he combated the opinion of those who maintain its inorganic origin and structure. Two gentlemen were elected members, and thus we brought to a conclusion our sessions for the winter season. Exactly twenty years have passed since a few gentlemen met in a room not far from that in which we are now assembled, and 250 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. set on foot the Tynustpr Naturatists’ Frenp Crus; and when presenting to you the usual address of the retiring President 1 have thought, that in selecting a subject to which more especially to direct my remarks, I could not do better than on the twentieth anniversary of this Society to endeavour to lay before you a brief account of its origin and progress, from its first establishment to the present time. Such a review of the past will, I doubt not, prove interesting; and in looking back and seeing the advances which have been already made, we shall find incentives to fresh exertions to extend the operations and increase the usefulness of the Society. The credit of originating the Tynesmpme Narvrauists’ Frenp Crus is, I believe, due to Mr. Ralph Carr (then of Dunston Hill, now of Hedgeley). Mr. Carr believed rightly that a Club, similar in character to that which had been a short time before established in Berwickshire, might be successfully set on foot in Newcastle. This gentleman, therefore, having first consulted with the Rey. John F. Bigge and the Rev. R. C. Coxe (then Vicar of Newcastle, subsequently Archdeacon of Lindisfarne), made the proposal to establish the Club to a few of the Newcastle Naturalists. The result was that a committee was formed, consisting of Mr. Alder, Mr. Loftus, Mr. Fryer, and the gentlemen already named, for the purpose of drawing up rules. That done, the first meeting of the Club was held in the rooms of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Neweastle-upon-Tyne, on the 25th of April, 1846. At this meeting the Club was established, the rules agreed to, and the following officers for the ensuing year were elected—Mr. Carr, President; the Rev. John F. Bigge, Vice-President; Mr. John Thornhill, Secretary ; and Messrs. Fryer, Alder, and Loftus, Committee. A second general meeting of the Club was called on the 11th of May, in order to pass rules relating to the publication of lists of the natural pro- ductions of the two counties, and to elect committees to whom the preparation of the several lists should be entrusted. The Club was now fairly launched and afloat, and the volumes of Transactions published from that time to this tell us how it has flourished. I haye drawn up a table which I lay before you, PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. TRANSACTIONS. : Mrmerrs| Toran | YEAR. PRESIDENT. ELECTED. |Mumperrs,| RECEIPTS. EXPENDITURE. PAGES. | PLATES. £ os. cd. £s. d. TS46" | Walphe Carty Wiss eticsiresiec ciel Od 87 TO) 710 6 | 209 50 1847 | Rev. John F. Bigge, M.A. ...... 13 100 ) Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’ nr nN 1848 | Rev. RC. Coxe MA........1,| 12 | 100 |\s SCS: Mmpentectly kept. 4) 47-1 5 Field Club. 1849 | Joshua Alder, Esq. . .......... 13 113 126 6 Vol. I, 1850 | Dennis Embleton, Esq., M.D.....| 38 | 150 \ 76 ME SMe dg 1851 Robert Ingham, Ksq., M.P.. eee ce 61 206 58 rele! 55 11 155 °° Vv 1 IL 1852 | Archdeacon Thorpe, D.D. ......| 36 242 Gi BG | Gil 37 2 oes 1854 | Thomas Sopwith, Esq., F.R.S. .. 20 250 43 17 0 17 18 1855 | Rowland Burdon, Esq........... 25 275 16 6 6 13 6 1856 | John Hogg, Ksq., M.A., F.R.S... 11 201 Aces. imper|fectly kept. 138 1857 | William Kell, Hsq., F.S.A....... 20 221 NUS) GB) fey | eh 3 “Ul 72 1858 | William Kell, Esq., F.S.A....... 56 277 74 16 0 1859 | Rev. H. B. Tristram, M.A., &c... 65 349 73 9 6 3 1860 | George Wailes, Esq., M. Ent.Soc.| 73 376 92 14 6 7 1861 | Frederick H. Johnson, Esq., M.D.| 100 451 108 15 7 | 12214 7 | 186 6 4 0 5 9 0 3 1 18538 | Sir W. C. Trevelyan, Bart.......]\ 23 230 60 9 6 6414 1 27 0 9 Vol. IV. Vol. V. Vol. VI. Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northd. and Durham. Vol. I. be D> (oS) —_ Do AF ONOQwasTh OF: 1862 | Rev. W. Greenwell, M.A. ...... 60 480 111 12 1863 | Edward Charlton, Esq., M.D.....) 40 500 121 2 1864 | Rev. G. C. Abbes, M.A. .......0 58 523 141 9 1865 | Rey. A. M. Norman, M.A. ...... 81 573 210 6 ee co Op orm ay ow — oo — ow - by _ | | | | | * This sum includes many subscriptions which ought to have been paid in preceding years. 252 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. and which is intended to show the exact position and work of the Club in each year since its foundation. The statistics con- tained in this table have been gleaned partly from the published Transactions, and partly from the Secretaries’ and Treasurer’s books. Real and substantial as was the success which attended the foundation of the Club, and which continued to mark the growth of its early years, it is not a little satisfactory to observe that the ratio of progress, so far from falling off, has been steadily increas- ing for many years past. The number of members during the first year after the estab- lishment of the Club was eighty-seven ; in 1856 this number had increased to two hundred and one; last year it had risen to five hundred and twenty-three; at the present time it amounts to no less than five hundred and seventy-three. During the past twelve months eighty-one new members have been elected, an addition to our ranks which has only been exceeded in one previous year. Now let us look at the income and outlay. In 1846 £11 15s. was received and £7 10s. 6d. was expended. These amounts have been gradually increasing, especially during later years, until last year our receipts had swollen to £141 9s. 9d., and our expenditure to £161 8s. 10d. At this Anniversary a statement las been laid before you which shows that the sums just men- tioned have been again exceeded, and our Treasurer has announced to us the agreeable facts that in the accounts now audited the sum of £210 6s. stands on the creditor side, and £195 10s. on the debtor. What is still more important, we have only one outstanding bill of £9, and commence the opening year with a balance of £28 8s. 6d. at our bankers. We have every reason therefore to be well satisfied with the present financial condition of the Club. I feel that I should be ill discharging my duty, gentlemen, and at the same time be depriving myself of a pleasure, did I pass from the present subject without expressing the high opi- nion I entertain of the value of the kind offices of those gentle- men who so ably conduct the business of the Club. From myself, personally, I trust that they will accept my grateful thanks for PRESIDENDT’S ADDRESS. 953 that most unvarying courtesy and attention that I have at all times, and especially during my year of Presidency, received at the hands of each and all of them. The position which the Frerp Cus has now attained must be attributed chiefly to the active and continued exertions of the Committee, and especially of the Treasurer and Secretaries. But while all these are deserving of our warmest thanks, I cannot forbear singling out the name of one gentleman, because I believe that his services to us are little appreciated by the members generally. Indeed, it is only since I commenced the preparation of my address, that, having had occasion to examine carefully the accounts of the Club, as kept from the commencement to the present period, I have myself become aware how from time to time the degree of its prosperity has fluctuated, and been apparently dependant upon the activity and efficiency of the Treasurer. In 1857 Mr. Green kindly un- dertook that office, and from that year dates a marked improve- ment in our financial position, an improvement which, during the nine years which have since elapsed, has been continuously pro- gressive. Mr. Green’s work has not been the less valuable to us because it has been work done in his study. He has been content to do us a great amount of good unknown to ourselves. Once a year he has stood up at the Anniversary Meetings and read a short summary of those accounts which he has kept, and sat down again ; and that is all that we have seen or heard of his labours. But after the careful investigation which I have made into the accounts of the Club, and the strong impression which that scrutiny has left upon my mind, I feel that I should be greatly wanting in what was due to you and to him did I not seize this opportunity of testifying to the value of the services which Mr. Green has rendered us, and of signifying my sense of the debt of gratitude which we owe him. The same satisfactory progress, which we have seen to be marked by the increase in the number of our members, and the funds at the disposal of the Club, is evidenced also in the publi- cation of our Transactions. There have now been circulated six volumes and the first part of a seventh, containing in all 2304 pages of letter-press, illustrated with eighty plates. Each of the 254 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. first two volumes recorded the proceedings of the Club during four years. Hach of the Vols. III and IV contained the writings of the members during three years; but at the present time it is found necessary to issue an entire volume every other year. The first six volumes were published under the title, ‘‘ Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club.” At the conclusion, however, of the sixth volume, there will be found the ‘* Zerms of an Agreement between the Natural History Society of Northumber- land, Durham, and Neweastle-upon-Tyne, and the Tyneside Natu- ralists’ Field Club.” By one of the terms of this agreement (an agreement advantageous to the interests of both Societies) it is resolved, that in future the Transactions of the two Societies shall be published jointly, under the title of ‘‘ Natural History Transactions of Northumberland and Durham.” It is under this name, therefore, that the first part of what would otherwise have been the seventh volume of the Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club has now appeared. The volumes published by our Club hold at the present moment a very high position in the literature of British Natural History. Tt is no presumption, I think, to speak of them as the most valu- able Natural History Transactions published by any provincial scientific body in England. They are now much sought after, not only in our own country, but also on the Continent; and I have myself received, during the past year, many gratifying proofs of the esteem in which the Transactions are held by our fellow-labourers across the water, and especially by the natural- ists of Scandinavia and Germany. The time has come when it seems to be almost imperative that the volumes which record our proceedings should be brought out by a London publisher, or at any rate, that a London agent should be appointed for their sale. Negotiations have, at my suggestion, been carried on during the last few months with one well-known firm, with a view to their becoming the publishers of the Transactions; and although the particular correspondence referred to did not result in a satis- factory agreement, I trust that this most desirable step will not be lost sight of, and that before the next Anniversary comes it may be in the power of those naturalists who wish to obtain the PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 255 Transactions to purchase them in London; and I would also ad- vise that the publication of the several parts, as they come out, may in future be more fully advertised. When we compare the first published list of members with the present roll, it is satisfactory to observe how large a number of the most worthy names still hold their place among us; while during the twenty years which have passed another generation of young and energetic workers has arisen and is now actively en- gaged in carrying on those investigations into the zoology,‘ botany, and geology of the district which were begun and are still being pursued by the older members. Upon the whole death has dealt kindly by us since the establishment of the Club, and we still rejoice in the presence among us of most of the leading original members. Yet we have had to mourn the loss of many who could ill be spared from our ranks, who, either from their scien- tific attainments, or the genial spirit with which they delighted to promote the study of that which they believed to be advan- tageous to others, even if not especially pursued by themselves, took interest in our welfare, and aided the Club by their support at a time when such support was most needed. Reviewing, as I have done, the rise, and early and later progress of the Club, I should be omitting a most important feature did I not recall, however briefly, the names of those who have thus played impor- tant parts in the history and transactions of the Club. Of those gentlemen, who have had the honour of filling the Presidential Chair, all survive except four. These were Archdeacon Coxe, who took great interest, as has already been shown, in the foun- dation of the Club. He was elected President in 1848, and has been called away from us and from the large circle of friends by whom he was respected and beloved during the past year. Arch- deacon Thorpe was President in 1852. Naturalists cannot but feel most grateful to him for the way in which, by checking the wholesale and wanton destruction of the sea birds on the Fern Islands, and protecting them more especially in the breeding season, he was the means of rescuing many interesting species from total extermination on this part of the coast, and of retain- ing for these little islands the interest which has so long been 8 256 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. attached to them, as an important breeding place of sea fowl. Mr. William Kell, who was President for the years 1857 and 1858, at all times felt great interest in the Club, and during his Presidency did good service by the pains he took in conjunction with the Treasurer and Secretaries in getting the accounts of the Club, which were in much confusion at the time, into order. The fourth deceased President is Dr. Johnson, of Sunderland. We all remember the sad circumstances of his death, and how it pleased God, in 1861, to strike him down in a moment, when in the full vigour of apparent health and strength, in that very year in which we had marked our appreciation of the many high qualities which he possessed by electing him our President. Among others who are gone, and whose names should be remem- bered by us for the position which they held in our Club, may be mentioned Mr. Thomas Burnet, who for many years as Trea- surer most carefully and prudently conducted the monetary trans- actions of the Club: he was fond of botany, though he made no pretension to be a scientific naturalist. Mr. Storey was for many years an active Secretary: he was also a good botanist, and at the time of his death was preparing a flora of the district. The name of Mr. Loftus must always be remembered as one of the notables of the Club. He was an excellent geologist, and for some time a Secretary of the Natural History Society. He was appointed on the Turko-Persian Commission, and spent four years under Sir W. F. Williams, of Kars (then Colonel Williams), in Asia Minor and Assyria. In 1853 he was again sent out by the Assyrian Society, to follow up those researches in Assyria which he had commenced on his former visit. On his return he published a very interesting volume, containing an account of his travels and researches in Babylonia, Chaldea, and Susiana. He subsequently went out on the staff of the Geological survey of India. His health however gave way: he set out to return to England, but died during the voyage. The name of Mr. George Burnett, an excellent chemist and mineralogist, should also be mentioned as having been intimately associated with the Natural History party of Newcastle. There are others whose names are often met with in the earlier Transactions of the Club, and who PRESIDEN’S ADDRESS. 257 should not be passed by in an enumeration of those whose loss we have to deplore—Mr. Hutton, Mr. Fryer, and Mr. Sidney. I have already mentioned the name of Archdeacon Coxe as that of one who has been called from among us during the past year. There is another member, whom we have just lost. I refer to Mr. John Thompson, who died at Gateshead on the 26th of March, at the good old age of eighty-eight. Mr. Thompson was in many respects a remarkable man, and a most worthy member of our Club. I am indebted to a friend, who has been acquainted with him during a lengthened period, for most of the particulars, which enable me to supply the following notes on his life. Thirty years ago John Thompson was a miller at Crow- hall Mill, on the Tyne, near Haydon Bridge, as an assistant to his brother who had the mill. At that time he was known to the Newcastle naturalists as a good practical botanist, the dis- coyerer of several rare plants new to the district, and as a man of information and tastes on other branches of science not usually met with in those in his position. The Rev. John Hodgson, the historian of Northumberland, and the Rev. Anthony Hedley, the antiquary, occasionally availed themselves of his information and assistance in exploring that part of the district. He had some ingenuity in mechanical contrivances, and my informant believes made his own lens for botanical purposes. While he lived in the country he was a good example of a man in the pursuit of know- ledge under difficulties. On his brother leaving the mill he came into Newcastle to seek employment, and his kind friend, Mr. George Burnett, contrived to find for him a place to attend Locke Blackett and Co.’s lead yard, in the Close. Soon after this he married and retired—his wife having a little money of her own. Before the death of his first wife he removed to Gateshead, and afterwards married a second time; and it is gratifying to his friends to know that he enjoyed a comfortable though humble independence and kind nursing in his old age. He joined the Tyneside Club on its first formation, and was one of the most constant attenders at its Field Meetings, generally acting as the euide of the party over his favourite localities of Tyneside and the Northumberland lakes. In eighteen out of the twenty years’ 258 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. existence of the Field Club he has been elected a member of the Committee, and in one of the two remaining years, viz., in 1850, he had the honour of being appointed a Vice-President. He cor- responded from time to time with many of the leading botanists of the day, among others with Sir W. J. Hooker, Wilson, Borrer, and Babington, and the two last named, when they were in the North, visited him for the purpose of obtaining information re- specting some of the rare plants of Northumberland. With the death of Mr. John Thompson, a long familiar, pleasant, honest, homely face will be missed from among us; the face of one who made us honour him because he did honour to himself by turning to good account the talents which God had given him— ‘¢ Not chance of birth or place has made us friends, Being oftentimes of different tongues and nations, But the endeavour for the selfsame ends, With the same hopes, and fears, and aspirations.” Enough of the past. It is time that I spoke of the present, and made known to you the amount of Natural History and Archeological work on which our members have been during the last year engaged, or which they are at the present time carry- ing on. In doing this I shall not allude to anything which has been read at our own Meetings, or has been printed in our Trans- actions, but only those works, memoirs, and papers which are at the present time in preparation, or have been recently brought out either as separate volumes, or in the transactions and proceed- ings of the various learned and scientific societies of Great Britain. It must be borne in mind, that any paper which does not strictly and exclusively refer to the Natural History or Archeology of the area comprised in the operation of the Frerp Crus, has usually been considered inadmissible for publication in its Transactions. The bulk, therefore, and the more important part of the writings of our members, are necessarily sent elsewhere; and it is only by examining what these writings have been that we can become cognisant of the extent of real and substantial work in the cause of science, which is now being done in the North of England. Mr. Alder has been actively engaged in the preparation of the work upon British Tunicata, which he has undertaken to write PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 259 jointly with Mr. Albany Hancock for the Ray Society. The Monograph, when completed, will make us acquainted with a branch of marine zoology which is at the present time wrapped in much obscurity. Mr. Atthey continues his researches into the remains of the fossil vertebrata of the Coal Strata; and there is reason to hope that the Transactions will before long be enriched by another contribution by Mr. Kirkby and himself upon this subject. Mr. J. G. Baker has, we rejoice to say, been appointed ‘‘ First Assistant in the Kew Herbarium,’’ a position highly congenial to his tastes. During the past year he has published a Mono- graph on the British species of Mentha, and sundry miscellanea, in the ‘‘ Manual of Botany ;”’ and since he has been at Kew he has commenced an examination of the Filices of the collection, and as a first result has already contributed to the Linnean So- ciety a memoir on certain new Hymenophyllacee. With un- daunted vigour Mr. Baker and Mr. Tate have again set to work at the preparation of the Flora of the Counties of Northumberland and Durham to be published in our Transactions, the writing of which was already far advanced when the MS. was consumed, among Mr. Baker’s other property, in the lamentable fire which destroyed his house at Thirsk. The first part of the Flora is promised us by the end of the present year. Mr. T. J. Bold has been busy making fresh discoveries in that boundless study to which he devotes himself—the investigation of the Insect Fauna of Northumberland. During the past season he has found many species new to our local Fauna among the Coleoptera, but has been more especially applying himself to the examination of the Hemiptera, a class of insects of which British naturalists knew but little until Messrs. Douglas and Scott brought out, in 1864, the first volume of their able work upon the subject, published by the Ray Society. Mr. G. 8S. Brady has been especially devoting himself to the elucidation of the Entomostraca belonging to the order Ostracoda. One paper, ‘‘ On new or imperfectly known Species of Marine Ostracoda,” is being printed in the forthcoming part of the Zoo- logical Society’s Transactions; and another, ‘‘ 4 Monograph of 260 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. the recent British Ostracoda,” is ready for publication, and is about to be offered to the Linnean Society. Mr. Brady has also in preparation, in conjunction with Messrs. Crosskey and Robert- son of Glasgow, a ‘‘ Monograph of the Post Tertiary Entomos- traca,’’ which will be published by the Paleeontographical Society. Mr. H. B. Brady has in preparation a ‘* Monograph on the Crag Foraminifera,’ which he is writing in conjunction with Messrs. Parker and Jones, and which will be the next volume published by the Palseontographical Society. Mr. Brady is also gathering material for a work on the ‘‘ Foraminifera of the Lias,” and the ‘Annals of Natural History,” for last July, contained a joint paper, by Messrs. Jones, Parker, and Brady, ‘‘ On the Nomencela- ture of the Foraminifera, with Figures of D’ Orbigny’s Models.” Mr. Browell has completed a valuable series of analyses of the Magnesian Limestone, from about sixty different beds, chiefly with reference to the proportions of lime and magnesia. The result of these analyses will appear in our Transactions, and it is not improbable that they may prove to have considerable geolo- gical interest. Dr. Bruce has been passing through the press the third edition of his well-known work on ‘‘ The Roman Wall.”” Much new matter will be embodied in this edition, which will be printed in quarto instead of octavo, and will be much more copiously illustrated than those which have preceded it. The Rev. Wm. Greenwell has brought out a long paper on British Tumuli in the North and Kast Ridings in the Journal of the Archeological Institute, and another upon Cairns and other early remains in Argyleshire in the ‘‘ Archeologica Scotica”’ of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland; and also a third paper upon some North Northumberland sepulchral remains in the Transactions of the Berwickshire Club. In addition to these Mr. Greenwell has in preparation at the present time a book, which will be entitled, ‘‘ 4A Decade of Skulls from Ancient Northumbria.” Mr. A. Hancock has produced one of his elaborately worked out anatomical papers, ‘‘ On the Anatomy of Doridopsis, a genus of Nudibranchiate Mollusca.’”? This memoir is published in the PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 261 part of the Transactions of the Linnean Society which has just been issued. Doridopsis, most of the known species of which are Indian, is a genus closely allied in external character to Doris, but differs from the latter in the total absence of spicules, eranules, or other calcareous bodies embedded in the dermal enyelope, and still more in the different position of the mouth which is suctorial, and wholly devoid of tongue, spinous collar, or jaws. Mr. Hancock has however been especially devoting himself, during the past year, to the study of the anatomy and physiology of the Tunicata in preparation for the work, which, as has been already mentioned, he is about to bring out jointly with Mr. Alder. Mr. G. Hodge has his ‘‘ Catalogue of the Echinodermata of Northumberland and Durham” in a forward state of preparation, and it will at no distant period be ready for publication in our Transactions. Mr. Howse has recently written two short papers for the Min- ing Institute of Newcastle, which have been published in their Transactions (Vols. XIII and XIV): the first of these is ‘‘ On the Glaciation of the Counties of Durham and Northumberland,” the second ‘‘ On the Boundary Line between the Millstone Grit and Mountain LInmestone in the North of England.” These are two interesting papers on local geology, of the publication of which perhaps many of our members are in ignorance. Mr. Howse hopes to work this year on the Mountain Limestone, with the intention of cataloguing the fossils from the southern part of our district. Mr. Kirkby has been already referred to as allied with Mr. Atthey in working up the animal remains of the Carboniferous Strata, with a view of giving us a complete illustrated account of them. This able geologist has also in hand a Monograph of the Carboniferous Entomostraca, in which work he is joined by Professor T. Rupert Jones. I have myself had my time so fully occupied during the past year that there has been very little to give to the pleasure of Natural History, and I have as yet been unable to complete the second part of my paper ‘‘ On the Genera and Species of British 262 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Echinodermata,” the first part of which appeared in the Annals of February last year. Nor have I been able to make any pro- gress, during the same period, with my promised ‘‘ Catalogue of the Crustacea of Durham and Northumberland.” The only Natural History work, indeed, that I have done, was during my short summer holiday, when, having been appointed by the British Association one of the members of a Committee to examine the Marine Fauna of the Channel Islands, I accompanied Mr. Jeffreys and Mr. EK. Ray Lankester to Guernsey, and dredged from thence among the Islands. The great strength of the currents and force of the tides, combined with the rockiness of the bottom, make dredging around Guernsey extremely difficult. The result how- ever of the few weeks’ work which the Committee did there was upon the whole very satisfactory, nearly forty animals previously unknown to the British Fauna were met with belonging to the classes Crustacea, Tunicata, Polyzoa, Actinozoa, Hydrozoa, Kchi- nodermata, and Porifera. These last were submitted to Dr. Bowerbank for examination, and have been pronounced by him to be the richest collection of British Sponges he has ever examined. He has not yet quite completed their examination, but has already found among them seventeen species which are new to science. Professor Oliver, owing to the death of Sir W. J. Hooker, has virtually gained a step at Kew, although he still retains his for- mer designation of ‘‘ Keeper of the Herbarium and Library of the Royal Gardens.”” He has during the year published a few short papers in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society; but his time has been chiefly occupied with a proposed ‘‘ Flora of Tro- pical Africa,” which Government proposes to bring out. The first volume of this Flora is not as yet quite ready for the press. The Rev. H. B. Tristram has been extremely active with his pen in making known some of the results of his scientific expe- dition to Palestine. ‘‘ The Land of Israel,” which has been most favourably reviewed, gives us a general insight into the scope of his travels. In the ‘‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’? we find the following papers— Report on the Birds of Palestine. Report on the Fishes and Reptiles of Palestine. FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1866. 2638 Report on the Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca of Palestine. Report on the Mammalia of Palestine. In the Linnean Proceedings Mr. Tristram gives us a Few Botanical Notes on Palestine; in The Ibis he is at the present time bringing out a series of papers, as yet not nearly completed, ““ On the Ornithology of Palestine ;’’? and yet further, this active writer has undertaken to prepare for publication, by the Ray Society, ‘‘-4 Synopsis of the Fauna and Flora of Palestine.” Lastly, Mr. George Wailes promises us the early completion of his Catalogue of Lepidoptera, the first part of which was pub- lished in the third volume of our Transactions. We thus sce that we are actively engaged in pursuing the several lines of investigation which we have chosen for ourselves; and probably at no previous time have the naturalists of our dis- trict had so much scientific work in hand, or contributed so largely in a single year to the literature of Natural History. Firrp Merrrines were arranged to be held as follows during the ensuing season :— EVANS rie ions tei Warkworth and Acklington. STUINE SS oa csc Easington and Fox-hole Dene. BRU ietass css noice Woodburn and Sweethope. INUGUST 47. c05 Saltburn. SEPTEMBER ... Rochester and Chattlehope. OCTOBER ...... Marsden. Proressor Srpewick, of Cambridge, was elected an honorary member of the Club. The Treasurer’s report (see p. 267) was read and adopted. 264 OFFICE BEARERS. Tur following gentlemen were elected officers for the year 1866-7 :— PRESIDENT. The Rey. J. C. Bruce, LL.D. Vicz-PREsIDENTS. Albany Hancock, Esq., F.L.S. | G. C. Atkinson, Esq. R. S. Newall, Esq., F.R.A.S. | Richard Howse, Esq. Ralph Carr, Ksq. Rey. J. F. Bigge, M.A. J. Hogg, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. Rey. H. B. Tristram, M.A. Joshua Alder, Esq. | George Wailes, Esq. D. Embleton, Esq., M.D. Rey. W. Greenwell, M.A. R. Ingham, Esq., M.P. Edward Charlton, Esq., M.D. Sir W. C. Trevelyan, Bart. Rey. G. C. Abbes, M.A. T. Sopwith, Esq., F.R.S. Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A. Rowland Burdon, Esq. TREASURER. Robert Y. Green. SECRETARIES. George 8. Brady. | Thomas Thompson. G. H. Philipson, M.D. Locat SECRETARIES. Shields, W. H. Brown. Hexham, Rey. W. T. Shields Durham, John Booth. Morpeth, W. Creighton. CoMMITTEE. Joseph Blacklock. John Daglish. KE. J. J. Browell. James W. Dees. D. O. Brown. William Dinning. R. B. Bowman. | John Hancock. H. B. Brady. | George Hodge. James Clephan. G. C. Pecket, Jun. AUDITORS. Henry Turner. | J. S. Foster. NEW MEMBERS. 265 Tue following gentlemen have been elected members of the Tynesipe Narvrazists’ Frerp Crus during the past year :— At the AnntversAry Mrrrine, 1865 :—Messrs. W. E. Bran- ford, Richard Lowrey, Donald Fraser, Thomas Watson, William Maling, Rev. Jas. Crolley, Newcastle; J. R. Appleton, Durham ; G. M. Tweddell, Stokesley; Robert Draper, Seaham Gardens; Rey. Alex. Maclennan, Bishopwearmouth; Robert Thubron, Tyne Docks; Rev. G. M. Gourley, Blanchland; William Moffatt, North Shields. At the First Finrp Meerive :—Messrs. G. H. Fenwick, E. Glynn, Jun., Robert Pauling, Newcastle; John Carr, North Shields; William Hobkirk, Cramlington; B. J. Sutherland, Neweastle ; John Wilson, John Twizell, Richard Donkin, North Shields; James Eglinton, Sunderland; Matthew Procter, Kil- lingworth; Dr. Foote, Bishopwearmouth. At the Szconp Fiztp Mrrrine:—Messrs. H. J. Poole, Blaydon; John Forster, Winlaton; Thomas Stokoe, Thomas Cooke, Robert Johnston, George Nesbitt, Newcastle; E. J. Wilson, Gateshead ; John Marsters, Sunderland; H. Scholefield, Low Heaton House. At the Tutrp Frerp Merrertne:—Rey. W. H. Wardell, Win- laton Rectory; David Reid, Jun., Newcastle; Rev. J. B. Dykes, Durham; Thomas Craggs, Gateshead; Rev. G. R. Hall, Birtley. At the Fourta Frerp Meerrine :—Messrs. Edward Hutchinson, Neweastle; Joseph Forster, Edward Evans, Sunderland; J. M. Hicks, Gateshead ; Thomas Jackson, North Shields. At the Frere Fretp Mrertive :—Messrs. W. M. Henzell, W. H. Inness, Newcastle; W. Tone, Jun., Sunderland. At the Srxta Frenp Meerine :—Messrs. W. O’Brien, M.D., South Shields; H. Yellowley, Newcastle; P. Brown, M.D., Blaydon; John Byers, Robert Hudson, Sunderland; William Nicholson, Winlaton; W. D. Cameron, Tynemouth; George 266 NEW MEMBERS. Newbigen, Bensham; Thomas Steel, Sunderland; Edward Rich- ardson, T. EK. Watson, J. M. Macdonald, Robert Henderson, J. G. Youll, Robert Dickinson, Rey. J. C. Street, Newcastle ; J. A. Stevenson, Gateshead. At the First Eventne Mrrtine :—Messrs. W. C. Robson, New- castle; Joseph Cowen, Jun., Stella House; Robert Bell, South Shields; G. C. Pecket, Sunderland; Henry Downie, Newcastle ; Frank Marshall, Jarrow Iron Works. At the Sxconp Eventye Merrine :—Messrs. Wiliam Clay, J. G. Dickinson, John Greaves, M. Henderson, John Brown, J. G. Allison, Rudolph Knothe, Newcastle; Dr. Grierson, Thornhill, N.B. At the Tutrp Evenine Meerine :—Messrs. W. Tidswell, Thos. Waddington, Newcastle. 267 TREASURER’S ACCOUNT. THE TREASURER IN ACCOUNT WITH THE TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB. ay. 1865. £ os. Mor BalancOen os ath csccase othe arene ldek2 ‘¢ Entrance Fees and Subscriptions......... 155 15 ‘¢ Subscription of Nat. Hist. Soc., 1864-5 10 0 “Ditto ditto, 1865-6 10 0 ‘¢ Excess of Associates’ Subs., 1864-5 ... 2 0 “Ditto ditto, 1865-6...... 4 10 ‘‘ One Hundred and fifty-nine Parts of Transactions, at £12 per Hundred... 19 0 (Halt of JombeNCCOUMis.basdidsaeetsers ool Gr. 1865. 65 ih Gk Dyaenintine wbransachiOns semper ctv pe Olle m0 eaO CPLA Smlzacawteed susuedeenes samasooncas Sooner) Jie) CCP Tintin ee NOGICES, WComendmarates cat Wacae 20 20 eee OS POSTARC wer cementin wets nassena cen wanaa esse sees OF EP me “¢ Commission, collecting ............... ese ta OR AO ‘¢ Nat. Hist. Soc., Rent of Room, 1864-5 10 0 0 ef Ditto — ditto, 1865-6 10 0 O Go Testi LEGO - Sonoodeccusapdoonn aan. 6n0 care On glee (CCBalaNCG. 5 coah at inter- This was followed by several other ‘shooting stars,’ vals of some minutes; and on the morning of November 14th, soon after midnight, a continuous shower of meteors succeeded, all proceeding, as was expected, in a direction parallel to a line 292 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1866, drawn from the earth to a known star in the constellation Leo. By the general law of perspective, this gave them the appear- ance of diverging, in the eastern sky, and of converging, in the western sky, towards a point as much below the western horizon, as the star itself was above the eastern horizon. The general aspect of each meteor was not unlike the flight of a rocket: the. colours of each varied, but the greater number, when the head of the meteor vanished, as if burnt out, left a coloured train, often appearing of a green tinge (possibly from the contrast with the general red colour of the meteor itself), and extending to a dis- tance of three or four degrees, that is, six or eight times the apparent width of the moon. These trains were proved to be real visible objects, and not the effect left upon the retina of the eye by the moving nucleus, by remaining for eight or ten seconds, and sometimes longer, and also by being plainly discernible by an eye which had not seen the nucleus itself. One of these trains was observed to bend from the ordinary rectilinear form, and to turn itself, like a wreath of smoke, approximately into an elliptical form. ‘‘Many of these ‘‘ falling stars’? were extremely small, like. thin elongated pencils of light; others had a nucleus fully equal to the disk of the planet Mars, and even more brilliant; and the effect of these chasing one another through the bright starry sky, shifting and changing their form continually, was ‘such as can never be forgotten by those who witnessed it. To the eye, many of these meteors appeared to be very near the earth, but their actual height was, no doubt, in all instances many miles, per- haps thirty or fifty, or even more, and cannot be accurately ascertained, for to do this it is necessary that the same meteor should be observed simultaneously by two persons, at known distant stations, which is obviously impossible, owing to the difficulty of identification. “‘To an observer who turned himself towards the west, the appearance of the meteors presented a considerably different effect. They all seemed to descend towards the western horizon, and thus to assume the form of a shower of stars, as has been often described. BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 293 ‘f At about half-past one, the number of the meteors had sen- sibly diminished; and by two o’clock was reduced to compara- tively few. “Several flashes of lightning were seen in the course of the night; and a slight appearance of aurora borealis was perceived in the north. ‘A bright clear sky, during the whole of a November night, the absence of the moon, and the position of our own part of the earth, with reference to this group of meteors circulating round the sun, have presented a combination of circumstances very favourable for the present observations.” These very grand meteoric showers recur regularly every thirty third year. There are, most probably, a number of concentric rings of these meteoric bodies circulating about the sun. The earth in its annual course around the sun cuts through these rings on certain days of the year, that is, in certain points of its orbit, and this explains the annual recurrence of showers on certain days. ‘‘'The majority of these rings,’”’ remarks Mr. Car- penter, of Greenwich Observatory, ‘‘of which there must be a goodly number, have their meteoric particles evenly distributed throughout their circuit; but the November ring is not of such equable density, for its compound particles and masses are very thickly clustered in one part and scantily dispersed over the remainder.......... The size of this November ring is slightly less than the orbit of the earth, revolving round the sun in a period of three hundred and fifty-four days, or eleven days less than that of the earth’s period. The direction of its motion is oppo- site to that of the earth, and the orbit is inclined to the earth’s orbit by an angle of about seventeen degrees. The portion of the ring which constitutes the thick cloud of bodies is about one-fifteenth of its circumference, or in linear measure about forty millions of miles, while the breadth of this cloud is about one hundred thousand miles. We dash into the midst of this cloud at the rate of eighteen miles a second, and its members fly on all sides around us with a flight of the same speed.” At Greenwich Observatory, where every possible care was taken to ensure extreme accuracy, an account was kept of the 294 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1866, number seen. From nine to eleven o’clock only twenty-five meteors were noted: not more than would be seen on any ordi- nary November night. But when, at about the latter hour, the constellation Leo came above the horizon, it was evident that a ‘celestial sight of no ordinary character was to be ex- pected. First at the rate of about one a minute, afterwards at the rate of about four or five, the fiery shafts silently flew in all directions from their common point of departure. Between eleven and twelve o’clock one hundred and sixty-eight meteors appeared. The average number of meteors up to midnight did not exceed three a minute. By half-past twelve this average rose to seventy, or more than one a second. Then there was a lull for a few minutes, and after that the numbers steadily increased, till the average stood at one hundred and eighteen. Then clouds came on and threatened to put an end to the scene; but they cleared off after a few minutes, and at about a quarter past one the maximum of the shower was reached; the average at that time being one hundred and twenty-two meteors per minute. From this time the numbers rapidly declined, till, after a few spurts of greater numbers, this average fell to seventy a minute at half- past one, fifty a minute at a quarter to two, and twenty a minute at two o’clock. At half-past two again a slight spurt increased the average for a minute or two, and at three o’clock it stood at ten. Still it decreased until between four and five s.m., when only forty meteors in all were counted. The whole number registered at Greenwich throughout the entire display amounted to eight thousand four hundred and eighty-five. Allowing for cloudy moments we may say, that the total number of meteors passing over the sky at Greenwich, from nine p.m. on the 13th, to five A.m. on the 14th, was about ten thousand.’’ It may be as well to add that some very eminent authorities state, that we may expect the real maximum of the thirty-three year period in the November of this year 1867. The Rev. R. E. Hooppell, M.A., of the Marine School, South Shields, has furnished to the Club the following additional re- marks on this subject :— Immediately after the great shower of meteors a remarkable BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 299 fall in the temperature took place. At Burghfield Grange the average daily maximum, for the seven days immediately pre- ceding, had been 513°, and the average daily minimum 36°. For the seven days immediately succeeding the shower, the aver- age daily maximum was only 44°, and the average daily mini- mum 31°. For the next seven days the average daily maximum and minimum rose again, being respectively 47° and 393°. This remarkable diminution was very extensively observed. The Astronomer Royal’s report, from the Cape of Good Hope, shows that it occurred there also, which is the more noticeable, as the season was there approaching summer, and the temperature would be naturally increasing, not diminishing, from day to day. December.—Allenheads.—Snow fell on the ist, 2nd, 6th, 14th, 29th, 30th, and 31st. The aurora borealis was seen on the 25th. Bywell.—The aurora was visible on the 25th. Snow was recorded on the 30th and 31st. Wylam.—Fine changeable month; frequent short bursts of wind, but not much of it. Snow fell for the first time this winter on the 30th. Barometer made a very sudden fall on the 7th, when it was windy and cloudy here, but not so violent as such a fall would portend. Again it fell rapidly from 30°378 on the 22nd, to 28-948 on the 30th, which was followed by the violent snow storm with which the new year (1867) commenced. | Temperature 41:96 (41:96-389-93), 2-03° above the mean. North Shields.—Snow fell on the 2nd, 30th, and 81st. Seaham Harbour.— Windy. Fine during the middle of the month. Barometer very variable. Average height 29°70. Stormy on the 30th and 31st, when there was very keen frost, and a heavy fall of snow. Minimum temperature, 19°. Darlington, South End.—During the year 1866 the tempera- ture rose above 60° on one hundred and sixty-five days, and on one hundred and eight days it fell below 35°. 296 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1866, RAINFALL RETURNS. The returns furnished to the Club show that the rainfall dur- ing 1866, in nearly every part of the Counties of Durham and Northumberland, was considerably in excess of the average quan- tity as shown by the returns from each place in possession of the Club. INCHES. At Dinsdale, near Darlington, the excess Was ..........08 3°38 South End Gardens, Darlington ..................- 11°12 Wihorltomy seek SS e we cite sree cueralteniere ieraiotensisteteratstersics 2°72 Str OM Src rutvers crore ictetsie ceeterstovetalancle catevelome rate eneverelc senda ZOO Wishaw caceisisisvets aioe ieiecerenrcteroteveue a rae uavenctemetetecrem teste eek 0°77 Hendon Hill, Sunderland ............. Jagehtale setae . 2°24 Seahiama HAM yaa fevaisfescielecsicucveryete/oiciehelnapsterchaleletetecekcler sys 2°50 Ro Wate: ies Scaloodos aiete axe aye sip aeeteuercl eters aera ereltne Ghee teats 6°37 Cresswell ..... AGO TATA I OUO Son R OOO man bOURROKG 3°32 Wihitleycryyenercrelatarerere SojeiNetwoiere eee si deontnin seajeuane uae 1:03 IMiltieldnearsWiooleraniimerriiatciiclemtideldei ieee 1°76 . GlantonyBike yas equ abil steve svayeienels caaketapSrcucte evo eeaee 4:01 Mesa Tamra seesee a Seda sata anet ree cote a etedoezeycsecer ei atensbere house eeetets TLolays) BUIM CK DUTT tai sites evanstncie suc cene bein tances stonvenstermapene: 2°62 IN THE TYNE VALLEY DISTRICT. The fall of rain at every station up to and including Newcastle, was considerably above the average. INCHES. At Stamfordham, the excess was ..........s0..00.000% ate WIR Park: Tein dvi, ran die woke Gers tayalsicevatiate isusler alte vegersneve RoR Tee eRe ‘8:16 Ailenhead siete cnsaiel etelovaeeterstee steuerelererevelertonehercrersler acer ies 9°26 Biyaweell sc isenste sisicisma crane testers ther storaravel seareheverey saat tctckerone tater 0°84 \WAVbN Suds oopaad poondnGb OOOO DG UOMO DO DOCODNOD HO) 0.00 3°26 New.castlesit:andsPhil iia ciatecamm me eecciee aie 2:22 At Gateshead, on the other hand, it was 1°56 inches below the average of three years; at Wallsend 0°34 inch below the average of eight years; and at North Shields 0°60 inch below the aver- age of seven years. Mr. G. Clayton Atkinson has again kindly furnished the Club with a return of the depth of the Tyne at Wylam Bridge, as ascertained from the Tynometer placed there by him in 1861. RAINFALL FOR 1866. TEES DISTRICT. WEAR DISTRICT. on TYNE DISTRICT NORTHERN DISTRICT. COAST DISTRICT. —— —\ Se a = ——- a= =ye= ~~ a sdalk Stubb 5 iffe. Stanhope, e *Ushaw, *Durham ss n ‘ Shad aotac Whitfield, “Newcastle, *Gateshead, - Halling- ee ay Fe Piace Retreppsene aE ose a | nate Spon || Cumnbert’s Jovservaty, fSunderlaudy J seanam Hall, || Otterburn. |S" 0rl-]/ park nd. | *Altenheads. |] xo \pumtestind, *Wylam. At, & Phil Burghield!_ Wallsend) *North Shields. | ford | Fawcett. | Woodford. | Camphil. Green White sewventen| Cen? | Gitburn. | Brinckbua. || ,, North | Howick. *Whithey Darlington. Ge g orlton. T 8. Ee. . 8 y. . ge. g eau Co.'4 | 2 Y I 2 HS G “Abaya Sea Devel 50 feet. 140 feet. 458 feet. 80 fect 700 feet. 108 feet. 600 feet, 120 feet. 100 feet. 500 feet. 400 feet. 276 fect. 1360 feet. 806 feet. 96 feet. 105 feet 68 feet. 90 feet. 124 feet. 469 feet. | 568 feet 676 feet. | 800 fect. | V9 200 fect. | 534 feet. | 120 feet 200 feet 126 feet. 125 feet. feet Height of cng. eects by ip. 9in. U4 34 , lin din. Gin. 1 foot. 1 foot. 1 foot. 4in. 5 in. 5 feet. Tt! ine Gin. 6 in. Nee 6 in. 6 in. 6 in. 6 in, 6 in. 4in. 7 in 6 feet. ih cy Lp Eotal 10 in. Ul ~J | _ Dys. 3, ys. Dys. Dys Dys- Dys. Dys. Dys Dys. 3 ; % = ys sat rid Sntveh| . oan Quan. 4 Quan, [2WH) gy lonwh} lonwh| Quan. [24] Quan, (24) o, fie Pe Daa: pss Quan. Quan. yy Quan. Quan. |; Quan. Quan. Rain} Quan. b . Rain an. Rain an. Quan, [Rein Quan. | Rainf] Quav. DV Rainf 2482 |Rain} Quan Quan. Quan. |Reinf Quan. Quan. Quan. Quan. Quan, Quan. Quan, Quan. Quan. Quan, )Rain{] Quan. |Ruin} Quan. m7 Al fell. all. all. ell. kK fell. fell. fell. fell fell. fell. 5 fell Inches. Inches. Inches. | Inches. Winetes, | inches. Inches. Inches. | Inches. Inches. Inches, Inches, | Inches. Inches. Inches, Inches. Inches. Inches, Inches. Inches, } Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Incbe Inches. ] Inches. | Inches. | Inches. che. 23, ak Tantei * : 3-47 264 | 32 | li) #36 205 |22| Loo | 1:34 146 | 14 |] 414 | 22 550 | 20) 681 |26]] G-aG 163 |17| oot | 12 124 is} 31s | 275 | 310 | g24 | sia | : 270 | 316 | o46 | 3-06 |1|| a-07 |ae) oot Rebruary edie 4 1°59 5} 2-16 1:18 4:82 2:26 1-47 1°57 1°58 | 12 427 || 21 8°59 ||22) 6:29 | 25 4:60 2°04 18 2:83 6 3:08 16 3 3:78 2:30 248 8:07 Dy 295 | 11 2°85 | 16 295 21 }| B24 || 25 204 A 2°60 22 2°63 3.66 15 2-69 1:94 2 212 | 12 2:78 | 16 18] 432 | 23 2 3°52 | 12 2-08 13 | 3:07 299 1:99 11 1-04 1 0:94 | 10 111 8 9} 1:62 | 16 1 1°15 7 110 8} 1:90 1:87 1-01 8 1°86 2° 2:36 | 18 1-48 | 138 14 || 2:80 | 19 1:86 1:23 | 12 1-48 17} 1:94 1:90 0:87 13 3°50 47 413 13 3-21 14 1b 4°52 22 2°11 3°22 12 418 9 1:06 4 1:23 14 274 2 315 12 3°68 19 23 5°32 26 591 3°65 | 20 314 17] 3°89 au 418 IL 443 Ey 4:27 | 23 4°57 || 22 26 6°95 30 549 4:54 | 24 3°67 22) 4:99 272, 4°68 ‘Onobene 1-06 16 1°81 | 11 1:25 | 12 13} 216 | 26 1°63 0-70 | 10 1:48 15] 1-12 18 1°31 November ....+..... 150) | 1:98 191 | 12 }] 3:02 20] 564 | 23]! 4-83 274 | 10 220 13} 4:18 18 | 447 Decamberseeciote: 1 164 | 11 j] 3°65 21] 717 | 26] 5-30 183 | 13 1-44 16} 2:33 53 | 2-75 - — | Total for 18¢ 36:90 28:32 |164 || 36°02 | . 228 | 56:84 |287 |] 44-71 [210 29°81 [173 203 “4 151 28°91 26°07 aes alee 44-42 1248 5 29°67 156 170 a0 22°74 . 43°24 1259 ne 27-57 |206 175 26-15 - «. | 54°01 ao ; 28°39 |185 we : 3005 «0 . 34°76 - | 44:20 |291 cade 24°68 |211 * i as 31:07 «» | 49°35 1282 Sa0% a0 23°54 ae 24°76 5 30°38 = 31°04 +. | 5971b |297 opeO oe 31°38 > : 32°19 me 1859 . 21°57 oe rine . | 47°70 1259 GO 25°15 a6 5 Raters 185 18°73 5 26°00 ss | 37°21 1229 on 18°20 BS 21°55 i on 25°68 A 5 2447 DO a eee me % 20°65 : 45°87 |... PEP TS alot ICEL Mincel (reset lito 206 H 32°90 it | 29. DP. at ye a 7 5 26 70 j 41°24 32°90 28°19 25°60. 25°82 36°02 33°67 26°55 19:97 26°99 26:99 | 30°42 31-05 28°47 30°01 23°05 27°38 (11 Yrs.) || @¥s) | ex) (9 Yrs.) | (4 Yrs.) (4 Yrs.) @ Yr.) (0 Yrs.) (1 Yrs.) (8 Yrs.) (8 Yrs.) | @ Yrs.) @yYrs.) | @Yrs. | @0Yrs.) (2 Yrs.) dil Yrs.) Yr A ¥ shit ian * These Guages have been tested either by Mr. Glaisher or by Mr. Symons. * These Guages have been tested either by Mr. Glaisher or Mr. Symons. +The returns for the Years 1856-61 were by Lieut. Sitwell, 1.1. *These Guages have been tested either by Mr. Glaisher or Mr. Symons. i eee —_—_—_ BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 297 The following are the average depths for each month in the year :— Depth of Tyne at Wylam Bridge. Feet. UAT ATA Aeneas tasai siete tay eia aes Glavala sore ciaee sre eievelele ets ates 4°80 Hie loRUelsyaeeretton seek stscavsie o sravcie asics Scelauele Sieralinlels sosvelalguets 3°60 IVE eas laser aos stalls keto ves cha stoy ooze ob Gish sai ccara leet va evelonawe cates 3°36 PAN Taye si otiershe veoh sucess 1a) siehesees cravedep stake nsraiters yelsyaisyieneile 3°14 IVD easy gerewepey totes oisialeic esc) efalsvorerniey sie velsvoierciaieieielorsielet os avelojeiels 1°67 AUUUTN CMe reat ol staYoreliav ei s¥slai's isustni/ersun ore. | evaravenaia sig eysbeusre:s 1°38 IULV BME Reet se vere ee sisiele. 6 sistas tate Sardis slave's elarelinje lela Biarn= 1°65 J/NTIGAIE ae cielo AIRE OO BS DUD CTR GoTo DOC COIO DIONE 3°00 SE LEIM Cherie auch saereelsleiaietevelsiend si love sarsiedtmaveler ein! ele/eie 3°94 OCH ln err aeration onssey Sieeiv avers sels cisus aie shorsvererevarere-airciavolekucsiree 4°14 INO VSG Iyer vere sictece veicrshavelc Gis be ersvolevstar ete ele cuetees 3°87 WDE cena enmeetacitesahctsie stesso olackeonc cee ensrreicte.s Mee hAaieins 3°62 IMG ara gar othisdecs Gis eie ator as ov his ianatalhere eae Aero orale 3°18 This is considerably in excess (3°18-2°46 — 0°72) of the aver- age depth for 1864 (the only year for which I have a return), as might be expected from the fact of the rainfall in the upper part of the Tyne being so much above the average. The closing days of July and August were marked by excessive storms nearly everywhere. On July 80-31, 2 inches of rain fell in twenty-four hours at Brinckburn; 1°61 inches at North Sunderland; 2°45 inches at Hendon Hill; 1:90 inches at Sea- ham Hall; 1:96 inches at Howick; 1:55 inches at Whitley ; 1:46 inches at North Shields; 1°36 inches at Gateshead; 1°37 inches at Ushaw; 1°39 inches at St. John’s; 1:25 inches at Dinsdale. On August the 29th and 30th, 1:40 inches were recorded at Whitley ; 0°66 inches at North Sunderland ; 1-44 inches at Hen- don Hill; 1:47 inches at Seaham Hall; 1°39 inches at North Shields; 1:21 inches at the Literary and Philosophical Institu- tion in Newcastle; 1:27 inches at Gateshead; 1-30 inches at Ushaw ; 1:35 inches at St. John’s; and 1-25 inches at Dinsdale. x 298 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1866, The leading features of the rainfall throughout the British Islands, in 1866, are thus summed up by Mr. Symons :— 1.—(a) In every part of England the total fall was above the average. (6) The excess in England averaged nineteen per cent. (say one-fifth), but it was irregularly distributed, the only approach to a broad general rule being that the greatest excesses were mostly on a tract running N.W. from Northampton to Alston in Cumberland. At some sta- tions in this tract the excess was more than 40 per cent. (c) In Scotland there were many stations which had less than their average; but those in the West Midland Counties having a considerable excess, the result for the whole country is a trifling excess of about 4 per cent. (d) In Ireland the fall was below the average in the East, above it in the West. (a) Comparing 1866 with the wettest year since 1847, we find that there were only three stations (Bolton, Bel- mont, and Preston, all in Lancashire,) in England at which the fall was greatest in 1866, and that, though a wet year, it has not been nearly so rainy as 1848 and 1852. (6) In Scotland the year of previous heaviest rain is very irregular, but there also we find only one station wetter in 1866 than in any previous year. 3. The final results may be summed up in the verdict, that 1866 was a wet year, but not so wet as 1860, or 1852, or 1848. Attention has been drawn to the effects of rainfall on the har- vest, and the result is thus stated:—In 1859 the rainfall in a given district was 24°30 inches: the harvest was good. In 1860, 34:46 inches fell: In 1861, 24:47 inches fell : In 1862, 26:29 inches fell : In 1863, 27°84 inches fell: the harvest was bad. the harvest was favourable. the harvest was not good. but the summer was dry, and a good harvest followed. BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 299 In 1864, 27°85 inches fell: but a dry summer again produced a good harvest. In 1865, 33°33 inches fell: and the harvest was bad. In 1866 the wet season produced the same result. It would be interesting and valuable to trace out the connec- tion between the harvest and the winter and summer falls of rain respectively. A wet winter followed by a dry summer would seem to be favourable to harvest prospects. BAROMETER. Some returns of the average readings of the barometer are given this year for the first time. Additional help in this part of the Meteorological Report has been promised for future occasions. The few returns given, so far as they go, tend to render the Report more complete. NORTH ALLEN- SHIELDS. | HEADS. BYWELL. DURHAM. JaTTInEET rie Ae 29°509 | 29°563 | 28152 | 29-295 TET TIT Ae 29-445 | 29-469 | 28-070 | 29-229 Merchtt = 50.25% oo 29°550 | 29°591 | 28-181 | 29°326 gil Re een 29°817 | 29°875 | 28-488 | 29°578 Mag shay ele 29:363 | 29:931 | 28-488 | 29-637 June ................| 29°789 | 29°885 ]| 28-489 | 29-556 Salk 45 eee eee 29-801 | 29-827 | 28-451 | 29-569 LICE PLO 29°589 | 29-643 | 28-256 | 29-363 RepremucH me we. ol ile | 29-526 | 28143 | 29-259 Werobeta = ak... ea os. 29-958 | 30°020 | 28°596 } 29-732 November ...........- 29°660 29-720 | 28°327 29°442 December ............ 29°628 | 29°695 | 28-266 29°385 TEMPERATURE. The returns of recorded observations are rather more numerous than usual this year; but as the temperature of the air may be said to be the turning point of all atmospheric phenomena, these records are most important. It is hoped that next year the Club will be furnished with many more returns than have ever yet been received. METER METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1866, THERMO 300 WYLAM. NORTH SHIELDS. | SEAHAM HALL. DURHAM. Max. | Min. |Mean.| Max. | Min. Min. | Mean. Max. | Min. |Mean.| Max. | Min. Mean. } Max. | Min. Mean. Jan. | 42-6 | 83:5 | 87-0 | 45-9 | 85-4 | 40-4 | Feb. Mar. April | 41-2 | 32-0 | 36°6 | 48:0 | 35°6 | 39°6 | 29°8 | 34-7 | I 45-2 | 32°2 | 38-7 | 44-0 | 33-0 | 38-2 | | 40-3 | 28-2 | 34-2 | | 43-3 | 33-3 | 88°3 | 45-1 | 389 | 40°5 | 45°3 | 31-3 | 38-0] 49-2 | 34-7 | 41-4 52°5 | 87°3 | 44-9 | 51-8 | 36°6 | 43-7 | May ..| 54°3 | 36°3 | 45°3 | 58°2 | 87-7 | 48-0 | June ..] 63-2 | 46-9 | 55-0} 167-1 | 47:8 | 56°7 | July .. 63°3 | 48°6 | 55°9 | 167-2 | 49-9 | 57-4 | Aug. . | 60-7 | 47°3 | 54°0| | 646 | 49°51 5 Sept. Feria | 59°5 | 46°3 | 52°6 Oct. Nov. Dec. 156°0 | 43-0 | 49°5 | : | 54-4 | 45-2 | 49°3 | 47-9 | 37°3 | 42°4 Mean . .} 50°7 | 87°7 | 44-2 | 40°4 | 47:8 | 51°8 | 41:8 | 46'8 | 53°3 | 39-4 | 46°3 | 54:3 | 405 | 47-4 ham, inmming The following diagram, showing the average temperature for ten years at Wylam, and twelve years at Sheffield and B BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 301 and for fifty years at Greenwich, is of peculiar interest, indicating as it does, at a glance, the range of the thermometer for so con- siderable a period in the North, the Midland District, and the South of England. The Club is indebted to its old and tried friend, Mr. George Clayton Atkinson, of Wylam Hall, for the labour of preparing this diagram and table. — SS ES <= Monthly Smith’s 4 Means pane for Me ee Broomhall| from 1814 Cars, | on } Park, to 1863. 1856 to 1865]1853 tol864) oy osicid, | B.M.S.Trs. both inclu-] at Bir- Vol. II, p. sive. mingham. 344. Jame 009% |) 87-60 | 41:2 369 foley, iT Ty TT Feb. | 33:10 | 37-10 | 38:9 B77) || CAAZN ew i iT ms Mar. | 40°96 | 40-50 | 38-7 | 41:7 : April | 45°69 45°20 45-9 46:2 May | 51°62 | 50-40 | 48:3 June | 57:00 56°30 | 56:9 July | 58°91 | 59:00 | 57°5 61°8 Aug. | 58°87 | 58-80 | 55°6 61:2 Sept.| 54°60 | 54:90 | 53-1 56°6 Oct. 48-20 49°60 48°9 50:2 Mean 47-60 | 47-60 | 47°5 | 49-08 + He | Annual Annual The diagram for Green- Means. | Means. wich is made two divisions Wa asco0 higher, to avoid confusion. 49°16 51:10 * AT-71 47-70 47°14 48°50 44-90 45°70 47-94 48°40 47-42 48°20 49°36 49°00 46°77 47-20 48°14 47:59 | 48:30 | 302 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1866, The subjoined tables, showing the average temperature of the air at different parallels of latitude during the year 1866, may prove of somewhat general interest, as they illustrate the often discussed question of the comparative climates of the different parts of England. MALNY SD ASATO AS, TEs January, ia i, July, October, February, May, August, November, March. June. September. December. Degrees. Degrees. Degrees. Degrees. . Guernsey ......... 44-4 bile?) 57°6 504 2. Devon and Cornwall 44:0) 51°6 58°3 50°6 3 lis He WIG sooooc 43°5 53°9 60°2 48°5 . Between latitude 51 and 52 deg. (say Dover to. Harwich) 41°5 52°7 58°0 46°5 5. Between latitude 52 : and 58 deg. (say Harwich toBoston) 40°8 52-1 572 46°2 . Between latitude 53 and 54 deg. (say Boston to York).. 40-0 51-4 bowl 45-2 7. Between latitude 54 and 55 deg. (say York to Neweastle) 38°8 49-1 44° 44° co He § co oo i is sis 5 8. North Shields ...... 38°6 46°9 53°¢ Comparative table of the mean average monthly temperature of the air during 1866 at the following stations on the eastern side of England :— Jan. Feb. | March.| April. | May. | June. Isle of Wight, Ventnor ..,.| 46°0 | 44:2 | 43:0 | 50°6 52°5 | 61:3 London, Greenwich ........ 42°6 | 40°5 | 40°5 | 47-9 | 50°71 | 60°9 Granthamieeeeeeeeieeeeer 42°0 | 40°71 | 89°6 | 46°8 | 48°6 | 56°9 Work achvvancaepremeare 41:2 | 39°0 | 88°4 | 44°8 | 48°51) 56°9 Durham rene 40°4-| 38°2 | 38:0 | 43°7 | 48:0 | 56°7 INorthis biel dsimeresemcine AOs6y | SSO) Women 4c Ge eA baal ozo July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Isle of Wight, Ventnor 62°8 | 61:4 | 58°5 | 53°5 | 47-0 | 45:°0* London, Greenwich........ 61:0 | 59°4 | 56°4 | 51°38 | 44°38 | 42°9 (Caranthainieeereeciel eerie 58°3 | 57:3 | 54°9 | 51:0 | 43°5 | 42°6 Mork terrsticracise ciara tones 58°7 | 56°7 | 53:7 | 50°8 | 42°9 | 41°6 Murhameperecret eee ..| 57-4 | 56°6 | 52°6 | 49°38 | 42°4 | 40°9 North Shields ............ 559 | 53:6 | 51:0] 48-8 | 42-1 | 41-71 Average for the year :— WMO. obs 00cc00 52°3 Grantham.. 48°4 Durham.... 47:0 London, Greenwich 49°9° York...... 47°8 North Shields 45-9 * No returns from Ventnor being available for October, November, and December, the temperature of Osborne has been taken instead. BY THE RPV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 303 Mean readings of maximum and minimum temperatures during the winter months of January, November, and December, 1866, at the following places :— Mean of all Mean of all Mean of the highest. the lowest. both. London, Greenwich ........ 48°7 38°0 43°3 WORKS SE ceils 3 Metslaisiceatentt els 46°8 36°9 41°8 North Shields ..... Bronce 45°7 36°7 41:4 Highest readings of thermometer in 1866 during the three winter months :— January. November. December. London, Greenwich ........ 54:3 59°6 56°3 NEO Ts Ket Scien axage, cea sien jay DAS, 59°5 53:0 INorthyShields seen ase. 53°6 SG) 54°8 Lowest readings of the thermometer in 1866 during the three winter months :— January. November. December. London, Greenwich ,....... 23°7 Q6r5n ete YORE So Sigua eaten eee pocpo ZL 27:0 27-0 North Shields ............ 24°0 28-4 27-5 The temperature at North Shields, it will be seen, was never quite so high during these three winter months as at Greenwich; and on the other hand, it never fell so low but once, in December, as the lowest recorded temperature at Greenwich. Mean readings of maximum and minimum temperatures dur- ing the spring months of February, March, and April, 1866, at the following places :— Mean of all Mean of all Mean of the highest. the lowest. both. London, Greenwich ........ 51:2 36°6 43°9 YOGIC, SP REAy are reir ae ean . 47°6 35°6 41°6 North Shields) 25.2.6... 44:5 35°3 39°9 Mean readings of maximum and minimum temperatures dur- ing the summer months of June, July, and August, 1866, at the following places :— Mean of all Mean of all Mean of the highest. the lowest. both. London, Greenwich ........ 71°8 52°3 62-0 MOrki eek. Sin breigicons son! ES)Y) 52°6 61:2 North Shields ...... Melee O2NS 50°7 56°8 304 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1866, WIND. The returns which have been furnished to the Club, of the direction of the wind, are again exceedingly scanty. So easy and simple a matter as making a daily note of its direction ought not to present much difficulty to many members of the Tyneside Club. The observations most needed are those taken from wind vanes placed in elevated situations, and as far as possible out of the influence of merely local currents. A comparison of the few returns obtained by the Club in this and previous years, with the following deductions obtained by Mr. Glaisher, from twenty years recorded observations at Green- wich Observatory, will be interesting. According to Mr. Glaisher’s observations :— The north wind is least prevalent in December, and most pre- valent in May. The north-east wind is least prevalent in December, and most prevalent in May. The east wind is least prevalent in January, and most preva- lent in April. The south-east wind is least prevalent in July, and most pre- valent in March. The south-west wind is least prevalent in April, and most pre- valent in July and August. ' The west wind is least prevalent in May and November, and most prevalent in October. The north-west wind is least prevalent in May, and most pre- valent in March. Calm days are least frequent in April, and most frequent in September. LS APPROXIMATE RESULTANT DIRECTION AND DURATION OF WINDS IN 1866. SS ee ee eee AMOUNT, &c., OF WIND, AT BURGHFIELD GRANGE, GATESHEAD, IN THE YEAR 1866, REDUCED FROM DAILY RECORDS KEPT BY G. W. WAILES, ESQ. WHITLEY. GATESHEAD, WYLAM, Total Average Average Maximum | Mean Direc- MONTH. — | Equivalent] Equivalent] Rquivalent| Equivalent| Equivalent| Equivalent MONTH. Motion in | Daily Motion|HourlyMotion|HourlyMotion] tion at Time REMARKS. Direction, | Duration. } Direction. | Duration. | Direction. | Duration. Miles. in Miles in Miles. in Miles. |of Maximum. | | | MR J] RM _— oe, This was on the 14th. The “London” | January ..| W.42°S.| 143, J W.29°S.| 13 | W.18°S.| 26 ax 8.8.) was lost in the Bay of Biscay on January......e- .| 10,320 333 14 ao” So. ae ite and the Neaeaiae (S.8.) on February . W182°N. 1 W.32°N. 10 W.1°S. 16 the 12th. f: isc sais Se ie ee nee tthe a Bec a = March ..:.|N.12°W. 8 E.21°N. 4 |W.21°S. 6 Februatty .....0.. 7250 259 11 283 W. April ..|,...| £.4°S8, 12 N.34°E. 11 K.27°N. 10 ee Ee se Ea roe ee! re Wai teal << S.4°W. 5 E.38°N. 63 | E.6N. if The 26th of this month was the calm- MaiGh Seis oe » 0% an 5436 175 73 28 S.S.E. | est day recorded in the year. Daily mo- | June ------ W.36°S.| 113 | E.3d°N, Ty | W.LLS. 8 tion 6 miles. a ee oe a me : nly! 32 N.4o-w.| 13 |N.19}°W] 113 [N2oWw.| 6 * These are doubtful. The maximum oral 5238 178 71 901* | W. by w. | W3 probably somewhat greater than August ..../S.35°W. 6 | 8.19°E. 5 | W.14°N. 9 Panes te ot eaeS : 2 2 ‘PY ™- | this, and the mean direction somewhat different. September . .| $.23°W. 15 8.5°E. 6 | W.16°S. 18 ice Ciera a a 3 October....]W.30°S.| 12 |N.34°E.} 7 |S.a5ew.| = 4 NSanthawevetets 7270 235 10 232 N. by W. ee ; oh pent November ..| W.31°S.| 10 |W.13°N.] 182 | W.1eN.} 28 ists a : “| December ..| W.28°S.| 12 |[S.40°W.]| 84 | W.2°S. | 26 Bi am ateriee’ cts Pens 5250 175 73 163 N.W. by W. ae! Sol Esa eS cel me : “ ; : a Whole Year | W.29°S.| 77 | W.2N.| 182 | wW.4eS. | 129 Titles Sia iocicosetsins “|. 8092 164 7 27 N. by E. SEAHAM HALL. ee | ee a ae I eee | (a I (a ee a ee en ee ee MONTH. PREVAILING WINDS. ATGUSH ses + 2 eee 1m . sid W. by 8. a AMWAIEY stents anes West and South. br a Pebrmiary. 4 «seme West and North-west. September........ oe ate oh W. by 8 Masclty - ai ietete aie West, North-east, and South. hens Ws] ant Pr vee Yorth-east and West. From the 29th September, to the 12th April Norile, Coat ona Vide : = : ray October, was the calmest period of the / ; th-east. and North-west. October 5 ons site 5056 163 7 20 E.S.E. aise Hive average daily motion being Nay, WAtemae areata: East, North-east, and 69> miles. Sy UNG) ceteeweaeraetay ai West and North. VE a Tag November ........ 7576 253 104 24 N.W. by W. ARV Wa ieren Ar nares ec West and North West. AOU ees co ok South-west and East. December 9594 308 13 261 W September ........| West and South-west. 4) n) 0.8 026: ® v 2 . OGi@her sien ep eats South and South-east. For whole Year ..| 80,452 290 9 43 S.W. November ........ North-west and pee December .......- South and South-west. The column, headed *‘ Maximum Hourly Motion in Miles,” gives the average hourly velocity for the whole twenty-four hours of the windiest z = day in the month. The greatest velocity attained in any single hour has not been registered. Whole Year ...... West. ems sere ESISNSSUSS Ss ose esses oss a a ee OT Cine Wali ae ae hou Ya ‘ 4 \ 1h if ah cs peal) i it Wa : ; : ‘ar ei i Seniatra “ fe P i My y i. , 2 eh) RNS Aes : ,. aaa ; a a Spann oui aN ere PHANG aC f tr é (Nana seit \ shell ite dF eregh aide of eathvieal Sh citieee tp May BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 305 In every month the 8.W. wind is a multiple of every other wind. In January, July, and August, this wind averages one- third of each of these months, and nearly one-third in October. In April its mean continuance is nearly a third of the month, and in all the remaining months its duration is something more or less than one-fourth. The mean yearly continuance Ofihemorthawindsisee scores dellerecericee er 40:70 days. Of the north-east wind.........00- 84 ceeeee 47°60 days. Ofatheyeastawam dir caenn csc raeion tn deze eienesee 22°55 days. Ofthe south-east wind vs..0..ss+. dese ceee 19°90 days. Opithe Southwind accel teres aera ceroree oe ne 34:20 days. Of the south-west wind ..................-. 104:00 days. Oh Hina ws wntnl GS ogqdodcogb es booneddG. oOo 38°30 days. Of the north-west wind ..........00..s0s005 24°10 days. Ofecalanigoy ince eic, sia.eloi: wicks clei ale lesevere aye teveieianecoters 33°70 days. RAIN GUAGES. Some persons having asked for information on the subject of rain guages, they may be glad to know that Mr. Symons, who is the great authority on all rainfall subjects, recommends a guage five inches in diameter, made by Apps, No. 433, Strand, London; Cassella, Hatton Garden, London; and Messrs. Neg- retti and Zambra, Hatton Garden, London. It consists of an external tin case with a funnel, and a holder inside the guage. The measuring glass is also inside the case. All that is neces- sary in order to record the rainfall is to measure the quantity collected in the holder by pouring it into the measuring glass, and then making a memorandum of the quantity so ascertained, whenever the rainfall amounts to 0°01 of an inch. The mea- surement should be made at nine a.m. A record should be kept of the number of wet days in each month, i.e., days on which 0-01 of an inch of rain falls. These guages are supplied at 10/6 each; and if obtained through Mr. G. J. Symons, of No. 136, Camden Road, London, will be supplied accurately tested, with- out additional charge. 306 CLIMATOLOGICAL TABLES, CLIMATOLOGICAL TABLES RELATIVE TO THE FLOWERING OF PLANTS. More scanty than ever are the returns sent in this year for this department of our Meteorological Report. If the members of our Club would but endeavour to circulate the papers printed by the Club amongst gardeners, game-keepers, and others, whose occupations necessarily lead them to make observations on the matters embraced in this department of the Report, and to in- terest them in the work, there cannot be any doubt that a very valuable amount of accurate information would be obtained. It is to be hoped that efforts will be made this year to carry out this suggestion, and that in the course of two or three years a very considerable number of additional returns may be obtained from various parts of Northumberland and Durham. (1) Zable showing dates of Flowering of Trees and Plants, WHORL- STAM- FRUIT TREES, TON. |FORDHAM.| SEAHAM. | WYLAM, SHIELDS SHRUBS, AND PLANTS. carer ay ea as Perse ws ene yarn | ame In Blossom. | In Blossom. | In Blossom. | In Blossom. |In Blossom eee | Stand’rd aerT Trees a Pear ... ole April 13 Plum... ho April 15 PNCONTECMocceresasssarls Black Thorn ......... IBYaIMb eh eccccseesesses I BIRO NA coesdeooceanooouad Currant, Black ...... April > Red Flower April 6 TEHIGIESP “Goanoanedooonddand July 2 Gooseberry . April 18 Hawthorn . od April 18 ETAZEleccecconcesesccess Feb. 10 Laburnum ...........- May 22 TLE) Socnaqnochucdacond May 22 June 7 1NUG One| kecccesscosteaia | Winuge cers ece UNC) ZO ei |taeceeres se June 20 aonde0G0n March 10 Whin or Furze ...... Mar. 1 March 20 Anemone.. Mar. 30 April 5 Blue-bell.............6+ April 20 April 7 Celandine SSE ood! > andoooaos’ | UV, IK} Gaaaaoded (CLOSE Gockocnousoaded||) —» ccodaccoc Mar. 3 March 1 Cowslip ....... 900 ANoral iS) -eeesaecee (Dan eliongccctcacsens| Mel TOT lemel Gham | Mnmmunceescescnmaan | lMulRrttcene ce Dog Violet............ April 5 Feb. 26 Garlickcsscscsecesstes Baye © JIB) |) “Gecc0da00 May 10 Lily of the Valley.... May 30 | _ ........- May 20 TUM OSChaeccteseeseees Mar. 23 Mar. 30 Feb. 6 Strawberry, Garden| May 13- | __......... May 20 Snowdrop .......... Jan. 18 Jan. 25. Feb. 29 Seaham.—Apples an abundant crop; cherries only an average BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 307 crop; plums were scarce. There was a great abundance of both blackberries and elderberries. The leaves of the hazel have been much eaten by the caterpillar Chiematobia brumata. Wylam.—On January 21st Gloire-de-Dijon rose fully out in blossom and quite fragrant. This was, of course, quite accidental. On February 25th the apricot trees on a cold wall were in blos- som. On May 24th white thorn out. On May 26th Gloire-de- Dijon rose in flower; gooseberries gathered for the first time. On June 24th wild roses in hedges out in flower, and also the standard roses in the ‘garden. On June 28th laurels in flower, and strawberries ripe. North Shields.—Crocus in flower February 6th; hepatica, January 27th; auricula, March 31st; pansy in garden, January 17th; polyanthus, January 28th. Pears were ripe on September 14th; apples, September 28th. Barley first cut on August 17th; and wheat on August 27th. Stamfordham.—Barley was cut on September 11th: oats sown April 16th were cut on October 31st. (2) Dates of Arrival and Departure of Birds. SEAHAM. oe MIGRATORY BIRDS. ——ee Arrival. |Departure.| Arrival. ACK CAD Meedsspeceascancerecssrdsece ccencestatccesncnnecesescmmann dibs) 20 |) ~ dodscacte (Chniti-chatieerescsseccsccsassenescnecesectetercaccresenecaceteneece April 21 | Sept. 27 | May 19 (COMERS ~ Casescooscocsonno neon nEagcooo SccuEAEaasodsocedeso0I60000 || Gemcaadée. {I) caeoabon5 May 12 (CUCKOO Resene csenscnnslsseiscaess ene cemes-oseensecsrsnsseceteaser= ste April 26 | Aug. 4)]May 3 TRHCTICUIEIR®: coasqcecccoanoodcaconancnoaadb Sano LOBeRcCOsaRsEcseEcdeadOOdG OCt ae LG | REICH samme |e ee eee TRON IE ooeocssagnco daeanosboccndnoscosnnShosabacécoqoS snedan6sna06 Octra 205 |@Hlebsieea waeeeeeess SIWRUTE _ cocqndennsacssooncaorososacdiecnossnascoodacttackosospangcsG0n06 May 9] Sept. 13) May 18 SRWMEUTIONR? codec qnea5-scossGonconosnoSseos6-cndvesaosndeeEonSsaosoDodeS May 7| Oct. 6 April 14 AUVihteriteans: ncwcnescecennecsscncersescremcccscsasceccncsceusubersnes May liven ala eeeesse \AYVTNIR RETA, oocoscoccoononodcoS coo COoCROSEEEBSOHODOSUGECEOe acca April 30 | Sept. 1] April 21 SW Oa WiteDlscnceeeccerocccencescccrcatteccnescccsroneeccuss scree ANoratl U7 || Sea WB | sossceaos BVVOOUCOGKIN Sat. Sscterossessencuceress cece raeocuecsesesecicereus estes (Oyo Ss" nosaceaba Seaham.—The Corncrake was not heard this season. No Red- starts were observed. The Whitethroat was very rare. Stamfordham.—The Plover was heard on February the 27th. Larks were singing on March the 16th. The Curlew was ob- | served on January the 28th. Wood-pigeons cooing on March the 22nd. 308 CLIMATOLOGICAL TABLES. Winston.—The Blackbirds were singing on January the 19th. Wylam.—On January 26th Blackbirds and Thrushes singing vigorously. On March 28th Rooks had eggs. On April 21st Sand Martins came. (3) Table showing Dates of Budding, S¢., of Forest Trees. WHORLTON. SEAHAM. FOREST —- TREES. Divested Divested In Bud. | In Leaf. | $e peaves.f 12 Bud. | In Leaf. | 56 peaves. PNP || Gonseotco |] -coosdc05 WER WE I | eemccane May 16 | May 9 | Oct. 30 — May 10 | May 29 | ......... May 24 | May 10 | Nov. 6 § ......... May 19 spat ak || wie || “cocoons || _oaczcones May 14 April 25° | May 22 | .....00. Feb. 5 | May 17 April16 | April 22 | Oct. 28 — April16 | May 18 May 12 | May 25 | Nov. 3 § ......... May 26 April 30 | June 9 | Noy. 12 7 Mar. 28 | May 15 H Sh. Catkin P Sycamore... April 22 | April 30 | csccsccee ‘April 17 | May (5iil)” seek At Seaham the ash was in flower on May 8th, and the larch on April 5th. (4) Dates of First Observation of Insects. ‘ STAM- {| SEAHAM. H INSECTS. FORDHAM. First seen. First seen. Small White Butterfly May. March 20 | Orange Tip 3 Seccacsseceueiesesesernccticccecsescenseercacsescl| Manne eesenTss May 23 Tortoiseshell oF 5c ..| April 23 April 17 TIVveUB eS (SWALMECKH) i eccceseccccecectccsrccescrcsutecctecersse e-| June 23 Feb. 18 Humble Bees eco Z\yarntil) 316) Mar. 30 WASDS .ccccccscsceees May 7 April 21 Seaham.—No orange-tip butterflies were seen this summer. Humble bees were not numerous. Wasps were rarely seen. The observations recorded in the Meteorological Report and Climatological Tables have this year been furnished by the fol- lowing contributors :— Allenheads and Bywell.... Mr. Matthew Varty, Haydon Bridge. Howick Hall (Earl Grey) .............. Lilburn Tower (E. J. Collingwood, Esq.) ( Communicated by the Rev. Roddam Hall (Wm. Roddam, Esq.)...... J. F. Bigge. Glanton Pike (F. W. Collingwood, Esq.).. Brine burners C. H. Cadogan, Esq., Brinckburn Priory. MR. T. J. BOLD ON LOCAL HOMOPTERA, 309 Cresswell ora saree sect en H. Cresswell, Esq., Cresswell, Morpeth. IDerdliaeriorn 54 boanbaonoo Mr. John Richardson, South End. Dinsdale Rectory, near Darlington.. Rev. J. W. Smith, M.A. DMEM 6a does Geo poeo M. R. Dolman, Esq., Durham Observatory. BPR D ES) fs! tS) eSiishs) 3% 2». Rev. Dr. Gillow, Ushaw College. Eaglescliffe, near Yarm .. Rey. J. Hull, M.A. Gateshead ...........006 George Wailes, Esq., Burghfield Grange. Millfield, near Wooler.... G. A. Grey, Esq. Neweastle.............. Literary and Philosophical Society. North Shields .......... Robert Spence, Esq. Osterbuiny sees kes se Rey. Timothy Wearing. Pad 13i00l Sogo augaoogonG M. A. Ridley, Esq. North Sunderland ...... Rev. F. R. Simpson, M.A. Soules couados cod) eee Mr. R. Draper, Seaham Hall Gardens. MaMa le okaitec ies es